新世纪交互英语视听说_第三册Video文本

合集下载

新世纪交互英语视听说 1~3 Video文本

新世纪交互英语视听说 1~3 Video文本

新世纪交互英语视听说第一册Video文本Unit 1 The First DayEmi: Oh, no… it‟s ten o‟clock! I‟m late.Emi: Is this English with Prof. Brown?Prof. Brown: Yes. This is it.Emi: I‟m nervous.Prof. Brown: Don‟t be nervous. This class is easy.Emi: Really? It‟s easy?Prof. Brown: Yes. And the instructor is really nice.Emi: He is? Wait … Are you a student?Prof. Brown: No, I‟m not. I‟m the instructorEmi: You‟re Professor Brown?! I‟m so embarrassed.Prof. Brown: Don‟t be. Welcome to the class.Jin: Hi.Emi: Hi.Jin: I‟m a student too. My name‟s Jin.Emi: Hi. I‟m Emi … Emi Okada.Jin: Oh, you‟re Japanese!Emi: That‟s right. And you‟re …?Jin: I‟m Korean. This is my first class here. I‟m a little nervous, too. Emi: Well, it‟s nice to meet you. Your name‟s Jean?Jin: Jin. Jin Koh.Prof. Brown: OK, everyone. Good morning. I‟m Eric Brown. Let‟s get started.Unit 2 A Great PlaceKate: Yes…OK. Mm-hmmm. OK. Goodbye. Bye-bye.Chris: Good morning.Kate: G ood morning. Can I help you?Chris: Yes, I need a hotel reservation.Kate: O K. What city?Chris: New York. Manhattan.Kate: O K. When?Chris: Next week. Three nights. The 7th, 8th, and 9th.Kate: O K. Let‟s see. How about the Welling ton? Excellent location, it has large rooms, nice views. It‟s a little expensive, but very nice.Chris: Um… I don‟t think so…Kate: H ere‟s one. The Northgate. It‟s very convenient, and it‟s not expensive. It‟s a great place.Chris: OK. Sounds good.Kate: A nd it‟s available for the nights of the 7th through the 9th.Chris: Good. Can you reserve it for me?Kate: S ure. Single room, for the 7th, three nights. Can I have your credit card,please?Chris: Here.Kate: O K. That takes care of tha t… You‟re all set. Here‟s your confirmation. Chris: Great, thanks.Kate: I s there anything else I can do for you?Chris: Nope, that‟s it.Kate: A ll right. Well, have a great time in New York.Chris: Thanks, I will.Unit 3 Whose StuffLaura: Hi, Emi.Emi: H i, Mrs. Arnello. How are you?Laura: Good. Oh, Emi… Is this your shirt?Emi: T he blue one? No, that's not mine. It's Maggie's.Laura: How about this sweater?Emi: T he yellow sweater? Yes, that's mine.Laura: It's cute.Emi: O h, thanks.Laura: And… these are your socks, right?Emi: N o, but those are mine.Laura: Well, here's your stuff.Emi: T hanks, Mrs. Arnello. I really appreciate it.Laura: Oh, Emi, you forgot this.Emi: M rs. Arnello, you know, you really don't need to do my laundry.Laura: Don‟t be silly. It's my pleasure.Emi: W ell, I would feel better if you would…Laura: No, no, no. I know you're so busy with school and everything.Emi: B ut you're busy, too.Laura: Really, it's OK. I have to do the laundry for Paul and the kids anyway. Emi: P lease let me help sometime…Laura: You know, if you really want to help, Emi… you can get Maggie to clean her room!Unit 4 Lunch at the RockAna: Chris, what do you want?Chris: Mmm, I don't know.Ana: How about grilled Mahi-Mahi?Chris: What's that? A kind of fish?Ana: Yes. It's good. Why don‟t you try it?Chris: No, I don't like seafood.Ana: (Surprised) You don‟t like sea-food?Chris: No, not really.Ana: All right. How about a Caesar salad?Chris: A salad? No, I don't really like salads.Ana: (Asking in a quizzical 嘲弄的, 探询的tone) What do you like?Chris: Well, I like hamburgers.Ana: Oh, Chris, everybody likes hamburgers.Chris: So?Dave (waiter) approaches the table.Dave: Hi. Ready to order.Ana: Yes. I'll have a grilled Mahi-Mahi sandwich … and a small house salad … and some iced tea.Dave: Sure.Chris: I'll have a hamburger, with French fries … and a Coke.Dave: Would you like anything on the hamburger? Cheese, onions, mushrooms, avocado, sprouts?Chris: No. Um … yeah … avocado.Dave: OK, anything else?Ana: No, nothing else.Chris: Nope.Ana: Whoa, Chris, very original. (As Dave walks away, Ana teases Chris for his lack of originality)Chris: Thank you!Unit 5 A Busy LifeKate: Dave, you‟re so busy all the time. Do you have any free time?Dave: Hah! I work every day.Kate: Every day? No days off?Dave: No way. I‟m here every day. I get here at six in the morning.Kate: You get up at six in the morning? I never get up that early.Dave: No, I get here at six. I always get up around five.K ate: Oh, wow! That‟s early. When do you go home?Dave: Around nine.Kate: Nine, at night?Dave: Oh, yeah.Kate: Dave, that‟s crazy!Dave: I know. How about you? What‟s your schedule like?Kate: Well, I work every day, from Monday to Friday, usually from 8:30 to 5:30. Dave: Sounds like a good schedule to me. Very relaxing!Kate: And I always do something fun on the weekends.Dave: Fun? What do you mean, fun?Kate: You know-----camping, hiking, the beach.Dave: Oh, I never do that kind of stuff.Kate: Dave, you need to get out more often. You need to have some fun! You need to get a life!Dave: Mmm. I don‟t know, Kate. This is fun for me. This is my life.Unit 6 Shopping TripClerk: Looking for a TV?Emi: Yes. I need a ...Clerk: How about this one? MultiVision. Only $1,999.Emi: It‟s a little big.Clerk: Well, big is good.Emi: B ut...Clerk: Well, look over here. We have the Vista. It‟s on sale. Only $999. Emi: $999? That‟s kind of expensive. Do you have anything …?Clerk: Well, we have the ViewTrix4200.Emi: This is perfect! How much is this TV?Clerk: That one? The MiniView? That‟s $199.Emi: Great. I‟ll take it.Clerk: Are you sure? Let me show you a couple of others.Emi: Um… no, this is the one I want.Clerk: OK. Would you like a three-year warranty with that? It‟s a great deal… Emi: No, no warranties.Clerk: OK. How about a satellite dish or a DVD player?Emi: U m … no, just the TV.Clerk: But at least you‟ll need a TV stand. We have some great TV stands. Emi: M aybe later. Today, just the TV.Clerk: OK. Well, great. Right this way, I‟ll get one for you.Unit 7 Having a SnackKate: Be right back.Luis: Hello.Chris: Luis? This is Chris.Luis: Hi, Chris. What‟s up?Chris: Not much. What are you doing?Luis: Right now, I‟m taking a break. I have so much work to do tonight. Chris: Oh.Luis: What are you doing?Chris: I‟m at the Rock right now. I‟m having a snack with Kate.Luis: Oh, cool. Can I join you?Chris: Sure. Come on down.Kate: Who‟s that?Chris: It‟s Luis.Kate: Oh, Luis. Can I talk to him?Chris: Sure. Hang on a second. Kate wants to say something.Kate: Luis?Luis: Yes. Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi. What are you doing?Luis: Oh, you know me. Work, work, work.Kate: Well, why don‟t you take a break? Chris and I are having a bite to eat here at the Rock.Chris: I know. I‟m planning to…Kate: Why don‟t you come and join us?Chris: Yeah, sure. I‟m on my way.Kate: OK. Bye.Unit 8 Ana’s FamilyChris: Hi.Ana: Hi.Chris: Oh, pictures.Ana: Mmm-hmm.Chris: Who‟s that?Ana: That‟s my brother, Marcelo.Chris: How old is he?Ana: He‟s 22.Chris: Is he a student?Ana: Yeah, he goes to the University of Maryland.Chris: What‟s he studying?Ana: He‟s studying engineering, but at night, he‟s a musician.Chris: What does he play? The guitar?Ana: No, the piano.Chris: That‟s great. What kind of music does he play?Ana: Jazz, mostly. He‟s actually really good. He even sent me a tape. Chris: A tape of him playing?Ana: I think so.Chris: I‟d like to listen to it sometime.Ana: Sure.Chris: Ah, so, Ana, can I talk to you after lunch? It‟s about the Civic Center project. Ana: Oh, sure. I‟ll stop by in about half an hour.Chris: Thanks.Ana: See you.Chris: Bye.Unit 9 Lunch with the StarsAna: Hello!Emi: H i. Where are we going?Ana: There‟s a great restaurant in this area.Emi: O h?Ana: It‟s called Enrico‟s. We‟re gonna have lunch there.Emi: O h, great.Ana: It‟s a famous place. You‟ll love it.Emi: L ook! There‟s Tom Cruise!Ana: Shh… I know.Emi: O h my gosh! Is that…? It‟s not!Ana: Shh. Yes, it is.Emi: W ow! There are a lot of famous people here!Ana: Mm-hmmm.Emi: O h, my gosh! I don‟t believe it!Ana: What?Emi: L ook! Th ere‟s Cher!Star: Oh! Are you OK, miss?Emi: Y es… Can I have your autograph?Star: My autograph? You want my autograph?Emi: Y es, please.[PAUSE]Emi: T hanks.Star: There you go.Emi/Ana: Lillian Mortimer?Ana: Who on earth is that?Emi: I thought it was Cher!Unit 10 A Birsthday PresentEmi: H ey, Kate! Happy birthday!Kate: Thanks, Emi.Emi: T here are a lot of people here.Kate: I know. What a surprise! Is Luis here yet?Emi: Y es, he was here. I talked to him a minute ago. Oh, there he is.Kate: Where?Emi: H e‟s by the door. Do you see him?Kate: No, I don‟t.Emi: O ver there. Between Sam and Ana.Kate: Yes… Excuse me…Kate: Luis! (Someone bumps her arm; her drink spills on Luis) Oh, I‟m sorry! I spilled it all over you! … Oh, Luis, I‟m sorry. I ruined you r shirt!Luis: (looking down at orange juice spilled on his shirt, then pulling a present out of his pocket while Kate tries to wipe it off) No, no, it‟s OK… Don‟t worry about it. I brought you this… happy birthday.Kate: Oh, Luis. How thoughtful! Thank you.Luis: You‟re welcome. (I) hope you like it…(Kate starts to give Luis a hug. Luis realizes his shirt is dripping with orange juice. He stops Kate from hugging him.) (You‟d) better not!Unit 11 Looking for a JobRich: Dave, you know I‟m between jobs right now…Dave: Yeah?Rich: Maybe I can help you out around here.Dave: Oh, you can? What can you do?Rich: Anything.Dave: Can you wash dishes?Rich: Sure. I can do that.Dave: Can you wait on tables?Rich: Yes. I can do that too.Dave: Well, you can‟t cook. I know that.Rich: Maybe you‟re right. But I can learn.Dave: Hmmm. Can you work on weekends?Rich: Dave, I can work anytime!Dave: All right, Rich. You‟re hired. Can you start tomorrow?Rich: No problem.Dave: Great. I‟ll see you tomorrow, at 7:00 a.m.Rich: I‟ll be here.Dave: All right, Rich. Ready to get started?Rich: Sure. What are we going to do first?Dave: Let‟s see. What should we do first? You want to learn how to cook? Rich: Yeah.Dave: OK, see that apron over there?Rich: Yeah…Dave: Well, put it on. You can start by washing these dishes.Unit 12 Do I Know You?Chris: Taxi!Sam: Yeah.Chris: 989 Union Street, please.Sam: Sure. Wait, you‟re … the guy from the travel office.Chris: Pardon me?Sam: You came into our office last week … to I-Travel.Chris: Right, I did. You look familiar, too.Sam: Yeah, I work there part-time.Chris: Oh, right. Now I remember you… So you work at I-Travel and drive a taxi? Sam: Yeah, I have two part-time jobs.Chris: Wow, two jobs. Sounds busy.Sam: So … how was your trip?Chris: My trip to New York? Fine.Sam: Do you travel often?Chris: Yeah, I have to travel for work. I work for Silica Communications. I‟m in sales.Sam: Ah. Well, here you are.Chris: Thanks… Yo u can keep the change.Sam: Thanks.Chris: What‟s your name again?Sam: Sam. Sam Weiss.Chris: I‟m Chris Redmond. Nice to see you again, Sam. Good luck.Sam: Take care.Unit 13 Somebody NewLaura: Hi.Luis: Hi.Laura: Are you busy?Luis: What‟s up?Laura: I‟d like you to meet someone. Luis, this is Susan Wu. She‟s our new project director for the Star One program. She‟s from Singapore.Luis: Oh, the new project director? Glad to meet you.Susan: Nice to meet you, too.Laura: Luis is very talented; he‟s a great guy to work with.Luis: Thanks, Laura.Laura: Susan has a lot of experience with the company. I‟m sure you‟ll enjoy working with her.Luis: Yes, I‟m looking forward to working with you.Susan: Same here, Luis.Luis: Which office will you be in?Laura: She‟ll be in the office across the hall.Luis: The corner office?Laura: Right.Luis: Oh. Oh, OK. When will you be moving in?Susan: Tomorrow.Luis: So soon? Good! Well, please let me know if you need any help with anything. Susan: I appreciate that. Thanks.Laura: Well, sorry for the interruption.Luis: No problem. See you later.新世纪交互英语视听说第二册Video文本Unit 1 A Quick LunchDave: Here you go. A half-caf, half decaf, low-fat latte. Enjoy! Next, please. Emi: Hi, Dave.Dave: Oh, hi, Emi. What can I get for you?Emi: I’d like a tuna fish sandwich.Dave: For here, or to go?Emi: For here.Dave: Sure. What kind of bread would you like?Emi: Bread? Whole wheat, I guess.Dave: Sorry, we don’t have any whole wheat. How about white or rye? Emi: White is fine.Dave: Would you like a slice of tomato or lettuce on it?Emi: Um. Tomato or lettuce? Just lettuce, no tomato.Dave: Would you like mustard or mayo?Emi: Dave, look, I don’t really care. Just give me a tuna fish sandwich! Dave: Sure. One tuna fish sandwich. Coming right up!Dave: Anything to drink with that?Emi: Maybe some iced tea.Dave: With ice?Emi: Of course!Dave: Sure. Large, medium, or small?Emi: Small.Dave: Regular or decaf?Emi: Regular or decaf? You have decaf tea?Dave: Emi, there's always a choice, didn't you know that?Emi: OK, Dave. Regular.Dave: With sugar or sweetener?Emi: Dave, cut it out! Why are there so many choices?Unit 2 What a WeekendAna: Hi, Chris. How was your weekend?Chris: Boring. I was at home all weekend. How about you?Ana: You know me, I’m never home on weekends!Chris: Where were you?Ana: I was in L.A. on Saturday and Sunday.Chris: Where?Ana: Los Angeles.Chris: Oh, wow! What did you do?Ana: We did a bunch of tourist stuff —shopping, beach, movie studios. Chris: Ah. Did you have a good time?Ana: Oh, yeah, it was great. But I spent way too much money.Chris: Who…who did you go with?Ana: Emi and Sam.Chris: Oh. How did you get there?Ana: We flew.Chris: Wasn't that expensive?Ana: No. It was really cheap. Sam had these great discount coupons.Chris: Where did you guys stay?Ana: Oh, Sam has a brother in L.A. We stayed at his place.Chris: Ah. Wasn't that …crowded?Ana: No. It was a lot of fun. You know, Chris, you ought to come with us next time.Chris: Hmm. Maybe.Unit 3 Working SmartLaura: Hi, Frankie. What are you doing?Frankie: Homework.Laura: Need any help?Frankie: Uh, yeah. Can you show me how to use this math program?Laura: Sure…Just type the numbers in column 1.Frankie: OK. Do I have to hit “return”?Laura: Right. You have to hit “return”after each number. OK, oops …careful …do it carefully. Good!Frankie: Cool. OK, now how do I add them?Laura: Next, you need to highlight the numbers …and now you have to click on “add”. Frankie: And that’s the answer?Laura: That’s it. Pretty cool, huh?Frankie: Wow. That’s easy. You don't have to think. I love it!Laura: Yeah, computers are great …but, you have to learn how to add numbers the real way.Frankie: The real way? This is the real way.Laura: Well, you know what I mean. You have to learn how to add without a computer. Frankie: Why do I have to learn that?Laura: That’s a good question. It’s important.Frankie: But why?Laura: Believe it or not, Frankie, you won’t always have a computer with you when you need to ad something.Frankie: Why not?Unit 4 Feeling DownDoctor: Hi, Emi. You don’t look so good today.Emi: I know. I feel terrible.Doctor: You have a fever.Emi: I know. I have a cold.Doctor: Gesundheit!Emi: What does that mean?Doctor: Oh, it’s German. It means “Good health”. People say it when someone sneezes. Emi: Thank you.Doctor: OK, open up …Say “ahh”…Emi: Ahh.Doctor: Does this hurt?Emi: Yes.Doctor: You need some medication.Emi: What kind of medication do I need?Doctor: You have a sinus infection, so I’m giving you some Azithromycin.Emi: Azithro-what? What’s that?.Doctor: It’s an antibiotic. You need to take it for five days.Emi: What do I do with this?Doctor: That’s the prescription. Take it to the pharmacy, and they’ll fill it for you. Emi: Thank you.Doctor: Oh, and I know you’re busy, but you need to take it easy for a few days, OK? Emi: I know. I definitely need some rest.Doctor: OK. Bye-bye.Emi: Bye.Unit 5 Late AgainLuis: Hello. Luis Mendez.Laura: Luis, it’s Laura. Where are you?Luis: What do you mean, where am I? I'm here. I'm in the office. You're talking to me. Laura: But we have a meeting with Lucid Systems, at one o’clock!Luis: At one? Oh, man! How do I get to Lucid?Laura: It’s on Ashby, 3121 Ashby, near Telegraph Avenue. Take College Avenue to Ashby, and turn right.Luis: Got it.Laura: Hurry!Luis: I'm on my way.Laura: Oh, Luis?Luis: Yeah?Laura: Be sure to bring the Lucid file.Luis: Where is it?Laura: I put it on your desk this morning.Luis: You did?Laura: Remember? I put it next to your computer.Luis: Oh, right. Yeah, here it is.Laura: And Luis, please hurry. I need to talk to you about…Luis: OK, we’ll talk about it when I get there. Bye.Unit 6 Weekend PlansAna: Are you going to the party tomorrow night?Chris: Emi’s farewell party? Absolutely. I’ll be there.Ana: Great. It’ll be so much fun.Chris: Yeah. Who else is going to be there?Ana: Oh, probably a million people! Emi has so many friends.Chris: Yeah, she does. Are you going to bring a present?Ana: Sure. I’ll bring something.Chris: Hmm, what should I bring?Ana: Oh, Chris, use your imagination! Flowers or a card would be nice.Chris: OK, I’ll think of something.Sam: Emi, Emi, I think it's time for a speech …Chorus of friends: Yeah Emi …Speech, speech …Emi: I just want to thank everyone for coming…this is a really special day for me. I’m going back toJapan next week, but I’ll always remember my fabulous time here …and I’ll miss all of you. Someday, you’ll all have to come and visit me in Japan. So thanks, everybody, for being such great friends …I think I’m going to cry…Unit 7 : Excellent ChoicePaul: OK. Frankie, let’s do the grocery shopping. Can you help?Frankie: Sure, Dad.Paul: Bye.Laura: Bye, sweetie.Maggie: Bye-bye.Paul: Bye.P: OK, I made a list. Now, where is it?F: It’s in your shirt pocket, Dad.P: Oh, got it! Frankie, go get some milk, two cartons, okay? And I’ll go get the vegetables and fish.P: Ah, did you get the milk?F: No, I didn’t get any milk, but I did get some ice cream.P: Frankie, put it back. You know we have to cut down on sweets.F: But, Dad, check it out! Chocolate Crunch!P: Oh …hey …Chocolate Crunch …Excellent choice.L: Hi, guys. Oh good, you got the groceries.F: Yeah! We got a lot of good.L: Mmm …did you pick up some lettuce?P: Oh, lettuce. Darn! I forgot to get that.L: Oh. Did you remember to buy some tomatoes?P: Tomatoes? Shoot! I didn’t know we needed tomatoes.F: But look, Mom, we got a big box of Crunch-O’s cereal, a six-pack of Orange Plus, three bags of chips, and two cartons of ice cream.Maggie: Hey, Chocolate Crunch …excellent choice!L: (Being sarcastic) Good work, guys.Unit 8 Sound AdviceEmi: What’s wrong, Maggie?Maggie: Nothing.Emi: Come on, you can tell me.Maggie: Well, I wanna ask Brian to the school dance…but I can’t.Emi: You want to go to the dance, but you don’t want to ask Brian?Maggie No, I want to ask Brian, but I can’t.Emi: Sure, you can. It’s easy.Maggie: It is?Emi: Yes. Try calling him up. Say, “Do you want to go to the dance with me?”Maggie: I can’t do it. I’m too shy!Emi: Don’t be shy. You can do it! I’ll bet he says yes. Most guys would love that. Maggie: Well, OK. I’ll do it. Oh, it’s busy!Maggie: OK... I'll try again. Oh! It’s ringing!Brian: Hello.Maggie: Brian?Brian: Yeah.Maggie: Hi, it's Maggie. Maggie Arnello from third period math.Brian: Hey, what’s up?Maggie: Um…I was wondering…if you…had a date for the dance on Friday?Brian: No.Maggie: Well, I was wondering if you…do you wanna go to the dance with me? We could just go as friends, we could…Brian: You wanna go to the dance with me?Maggie: Yeah.Brian: Cool. But do we have to dance?Maggie: Well, no…but it is a dance.Brian: Oh…but I don’t have to dress up, do I?Maggie: No, you don’t have to dress up. Well, maybe you can pick me up or something? Brian: Sure. What time?Maggie: Well, the dance starts at 8:00, so maybe, like, 7:30?Brian: Yeah, cool.Maggie: OK, great, see you later?Brain: Later.Unit 9 Welcome BackAna: Kate! Welcome back!Kate: Thanks.Ana: You look tired.Kate: Ahh... I’m exhausted…Ana: What happened?Kate: What didn’t happen?! First, I left my hotel in New York at 6:00 this morning. But I forgot my briefcase, so I had to go back and get it.Ana: Oh, Kate …Kate: And then I missed my flight …Ana: Ohhh …Kate: So I had to wait two hours for the next flight. It was so frustrating!Ana: I bet.Kate: And I sat next to this lady who talked and talked, and this little kid kept kicking my seat!I almost lost my mind!Ana: Oh, no! That’s terrible. Where’s your suitcase?Kate: Well, when I arrived, my bag wasn’t at the baggage claim!Ana: That’s SO annoying, I can’t believe it! Well, at least you made it!Ana: By the way, what were you doing in New York?Kate: I was there on buissness. Our head office is in New York, and was at a national meeting.Ana: Oh, I see. Did that go well?Kate: It was great. Lots of interesting presentations. So much new stuff. I am so-o-o braind-dead now!Ana: Well, get some rest, and I hope they find your suitcase.Kate: Thanks, Ana.Unit10 A Better PlaceLandlady: This is a great location. It’s really close to the subway station, and there's a bus stop right across the street!Kate: Mmm, that’s convenient.Landlady: And this is the apartment!Kate: Mm-hmmm.Landlady: High ceilings, large windows, very spacious.Kate: Yes, it is big. It’s bigger than my place.Landlady: And, it has two bedrooms. A large bedroom …and a smaller one.Kate: Mmm.Landlady: It’s a great place. And the rent is only 1,600 dollars a month.Kate: That’s …a little more expensive than I thought.Landlady: Yes, well, rents are going up in this area, you know!Kate: Oh.Landlady: It has a lovely view of the ocean.Kate: That’s a view of the ocean?Landlady: And this is the garden!Kate: This is the garden?Landlady: And here is the kitchen …fully equipped with all the modern convenicences! Kate: Ah, well, thanks for showing the place to me. I will definitely give this some consideration.Landlady: Well, I would encourage you to act quickly. This beautiful place won’t last long.Unit11 Somewhere Around HereKate: Luis, where are you from?Luis: San Francisco, you know that!Kate: No, no. I mean, where is your family from?Luis: Oh, my parents are from Mexico.Kate: But where is Mexico?Luis: Colima.Kate: Calina?Luis: That’s close.Kate: Where is that?Luis: It’s in western Mexico.Kate: Is it close to Mexico City?Luis: Not far. Here, I’ll show you. It’s somewhere around here…here.Kate: Oh, Colima! What’s it like there?Luis: It’s near the ocean and the mountains. I think it’s the most beautiful place on Earth! Luis: How about you? Where’s your family from?Kate: Well, I was born in California. My father moved here from Georgia in the 1950s. Luis: Oh?Kate: And my mother moved from here from Texas in the 1960s.Luis: Uh-huh.Kate: They met and got married…and here I am!Luis: Wow! Everyone ‘s got a story, huh?Unit 12 It’s Spicy!Sam: What’s this little dish?Emi: That’s the sashimishoyuzara.Sam: The what?Emi: It’s a dish that you use for the soy sauce.Sam: Oh. And this is the soy sauce, isn’t it?Emi: Mm-hmm.Sam: And what’s this green stuff?Emi: It’s called wasabi.Sam: Wasabi?Emi: Mm-hmmm. It’s like horseradish. It’s a spice that you mix with the soy sauce. Sam: I’ll try it.Emi: Careful . It’s very spicy .Sam: (beginning to eat a large chunk of wasabi) Good. I love spicy food.Emi: Wait, wait, wait!Sam: Wow! That is spicy!Emi: Here, drink some water…You’re OK?Sam: Whew! Yeah, I’m OK. Next time, I won’t eat the whole thing.Emi: Sam, you’re supposed to mix it with the soy sauce!Unit 13Ana: Have you heard?Chris: Heard what?Ana: I got a job offer from Media View.Chris: Really? From Media View. Where are they?Ana: London!Chris: Wow, that’s great. Have you ever been to London?Ana: No, I’ve never been to England, period!Chris: Well, what are you going to do?Ana: I think you know…Ana/Chris (in unison): You gotta do what you gotta do!Chris: So you’re going to take it?Ana: Yeah, I just can’t pass this up.Chris: Have you told Mr. Arnello?Ana: Yep, I told him this morning, and he totally understood.Chris: Well, what are you going to do there?Ana: I’ll be Assistant Art Director. It’s a big step up for me.Chris: Wow, great! When do you start?Ana: Next month. I can’t wait. London!Chris: Well, Ana, I’m really happy for you. We’re going to miss you around here.新世纪交互英语视听说第三册Video文本Unit 1 Another Busy dayVideo Listening 1Amy: Good morning, Talia.Talia: Oh, hi. Good morning.Amy: You know, y o u'r e working too hard.Talia: I know. I always work this hard. Maybe you could mention that to Tony?I don't think he knows it.Amy: Is that a new hairstyle? I t's very ... unique.Talia: Very funny. I had to work late last night. I'm tired, I'm in a bad mood, and I d o n't care about my hair.Amy: That's probably why you' re not a reporter yet.Talia: You think so?Amy: No, I'm just kidding ...Talia: You may be right.Amy: Maybe Tony will take you more seriously after you finish the journalism class.Talia: Oh, no! Our journalism class! I forgot. It's tomorrow. What's the homework?Amy: Compare two news stories on the same topic.Talia: T h a i's easy enough to do. Sounds interesting, too. I guess I II do it after work.Amy: You work too hard.Video Listening 2Amy: Why d o n't you take a break tonight? Yeah, why not come with me to a party? Talia: No thanks. Maybe some other time.Amy: Come on! Josh Taylor is having a party. A lot of available guys will be there.... You might meetsomeone.Talia: No, listen! I'm too busy to go. Go without me ...Tony: Good, y ou'r e here. I have something important to talk to you about. Whatare you working on?Talia: I'm researching the background information for that transportation story. Amy: She' s always working. She told me to tell you that.Tony: I have a big project for you to work on. I know you've been hoping for a break. This may be it.Talia: Really? That's great!Tony: Come to my office in about 10 minutes. By the way, you look different. Have you clone somethingwith your hair?Unit 2 Breaking NewsVideo Listening 1Tony : Someone sent us this tape. This is incredible. What a shame.Talia : What's a shame?Tony : Have you ever heard of Nick Crawford, the soccer player? H e's the star forward on our national team.Talia : Of course. Everyone's heard of him, I think.Tony : Well, apparently this conversation took place a while ago: Nick Crawford talks about how he needs money.Amy:That's not big news. There's a rumor that he's fallen into debt lately.I've heard all sorts of gossip about that.Tony : Yes, but, it gets even more interesting. Also on the tape, a woman offers him $50,000.Talia : What for?Tony: To sit out the fir st round qualifying match. Remember? Nick Crawford had an injur y and c o u l d n't play in that game?Talia : Sure, I remember. We lost that match, and if we lose again, we might be eliminated,Tony : Exactly. The next qualifying round is coming up. If this tape is real, Nick Crawford will be history.Amy : You mean, he won' t get to play in the next match?Tony : Exactly. And without him, we' II probably lose again.Amy : Wow! A real scandal! Is the tape for real?Tony : Talia, that' s your job now. Find out if the tape is authentic. And you' d better find out fast.Video Listening 2。

【经典文档】新时代交互英语视听说3video文本

【经典文档】新时代交互英语视听说3video文本

Unit 1 Another Busy Day(1)Amy: Good morning, Talia.Talia: Oh, hi. Good morning.Amy: You know, you're working too hard.Talia: I know. I always work this hard. Maybe you could mention that to Tony? I don't think he knows it.Amy: Is that a new hairstyle? It's very ... unique.Talia: Very funny. I had to work late last night. I' m tired, I'm in a bad mood, and I don't care about my hair.Amy: That's probably why you're not a reporter yet.Talia: You think so?Amy: No, I'm just kidding...Talia: You may be right.Amy: Maybe Tony will take you more seriously after you finish the journalism class.Talia: Oh, no! Our journalism class! I forgot. It's tomorrow. What's the homework?Amy: Compare two news stories on the same topic.Talia: That's easy enough to do. Sounds interesting, too. I guess I'll do it after work.Amy: You work too hard.Unit 1 Another Busy Day(2)Amy: Why don't you take a break tonight? Yeah, why not come with me to a party?Talia: No thanks. Maybe some other time.Amy: Come on! Josh Taylor is having a party. A lot of available guys will be there... You might meet someone.Talia: No, listen! I'm too busy to go. Go without me...Tony: Good, you're here. I have something important to talk to you about.What are you working on?Talia: I'm researching the background information for that transportation story.Amy: She's always working. She told me to tell you that.Tony: I have a big project for you to work on. I know you've been hoping for a break. This may be it.Talia: Really? That's great!Tony: Come to my office in about 10 minutes. By the way, you look different. Have you done something with your hair?Unit 2 Breaking News(1)Tony: Someone sent us this tape. This is incredible. What a shame. Talia: What' s a shame?Tony: Have you ever heard of Nick Crawford, the soccer player? He's thestar forward on our national team.Talia: Of course. Everyone's heard of him, I think.Tony: Well, apparently this conversation took place a while ago: Nick Crawford talks about how he needs money.Amy: That's not big news. There's a rumor that he's fallen into debt lately.I've heard all sorts of gossip about that.Tony: Yes, but, it gets even more interesting. Also on the tape, a woman offers him $50,000.Talia: What for?Tony: To sit out the first round qualifying match. Remember? Nick Crawford had an injury and couldn't play in that game?Talia: Sure, I remember. We lost that match, and if we lose again, we might be eliminated.Tony: Exactly. The next qualifying round is coming up. If this tape is real, Nick Crawford will be history.Amy: You mean, he won't get to play in the next match?Tony: Exactly. And without him, we'll probably lose again.Amy: Wow! A real scandal! Is the tape for real?Tony: Talia, that's your job now. Find out if the tape is authentic. And you'd better find out fast.Unit 2 Breaking News(2)Talia: OK. I'll get this tape to an expert.Tony: If we can, we'll run the tape on tonight's broadcas—t before the competition hears about it. In fact, they may already have a copyof this tape.Talia: Speaking of copies, we ought to make a copy of this. We shouldn't give away our only one.Tony: Good thinking. Amy ... handle this with care.Amy: Absolutely!Talia: See you later. I'm going to call the audio department. They can give me the name of an expert.Tony: Tell them we need someone fast.Talia: OK. I'm on it.Tony: Is there a problem?Talia: Not exactly. I'll do it. It's just that ... I know Nick Crawford.Tony: You do?Talia: Yes. We went to college together. It's hard to believe he would do something like this.Tony: Well, wake up and smell the coffee, Talia! He's a big star. He's beena star on the national team for four years now.People do crazythings when they get famous.Talia: I just can't believe it. Nick Crawford taking a bribe?Tony: Listen, Talia. You're smart. You're a good researcher, and one day—I hope —you'll be a great reporter. But don't let youremotions get in the way of your work. If you do, I'll have to findsomeone else to work on this story.Unit 3 A Job For Talia(1)Woman’s voice on tape: We ’ll pay you fifty thousand dollars.Nick ’s voice on tape: And all I have to do is sit on the bench?Woman’s voice on tape: That ’s right. Do that, and fifty thousand dollars isyours.Nick ’s voice on tape: Well, I can really u tsh e money. You ’ve gotyourself a deal.Woman’s voice on tape: Great. It ’s a pleasure doing business with you. Tony: How ’s it going?Talia: I can ’t tell. I hope our expert will be able to figure it out.Tony: Me, too, when will we have the results?Talia: He’s going to call me back this afternoon.Tony: Good.Talia: You know, I ’ve been a researcher here for three years. I ’v investigated other scandals. But something here doesn ’t seem right.Tony: What do you mean?Talia: It just doesn ’t make s e n sa e w.f o N r i d c k l o Cv r e s soccer. Why wouldhe do something to hurt his career?Tony: That ’s a good question. How well do you know Nick Crawford? Ishe a friend of yours?Talia: No, not really. I just knew him in college. We had English togetherfor two semesters.Tony: Oh, that ’s it?Talia: Well, I got to know him a little. I know that he moved here fromEngland about 10 years ago. I know that he I’k nsoswmart.Andthat he ’s always dreamed of being a great soccer star.Tony: Mm-hmm.Talia: So, why would he risk ruining his career?Unit 3 A Job For Talia(2)Talia: Bad news. The audio expert needs another day to check the tape.Tony: Did you tell him it was urgent? Find someone else.Talia: Of course I told him. But I also told him we need to be sure,absolutely sure.Tony: That ’s true.Talia: Tony, listen. I have an idea. Let me go and talk to Nick.Tony: I don ’t know ?Talia: He may remember me. He may be willing to confide in me.Tony: Talia, look, you ’re not a reporter yet, you ’re still a researcher Remember?Talia: Please, Tony. Give me a chance. What do you have to lose?Tony: All right, I ’ll give you one more day. But only one more day.Talia: You won ’t be sorry. Just one more thing: if I find something big,the story is mine, right?Tony: What do you mean?Talia: I mean, you ’ll let me report it, won ’t you? If I can get Nick to tell me everything?Tony: You deserve a breakI. know that. I ’ll tell you what: come up with something big and the story is yours. But, Talia be careful.Talia: What do you mean?Tony: This Nick Crawford guy ?I hear he can be very charming. Don ’t let him charm you out of a story.Unit 4 A Matter Of Trust(1)Talia: Nick?Nick: I know you, don ’t I?Talia: Yes. I ’m Talia, Talia Santos.Nick: Yeah, Talia! Of course!Talia: After all these years, I ’m surprised you remember me.Nick: How could I forget you?? We were in an English literature classtogether, weren’t we?Talia: That’s right, the Shakespeare class.Nick: Right, Dr. Custer ’s class. She was a tough teacher. She really made us work hard.Talia: Oh, gosh, don ’t remind me.Nick: We studied together for the final, didn ’t we?Talia: Yes, that ’s ri g r ehct.aAl,syIou did really well on it.Nick: That ’s right! But only because I speak Shakespeare so fluently.Talia: Very cute.Nick: So, what are you doing here? Are you a big soccer fan now?Talia: Not exactly. I ’m a researcher now ?with Newsline.Nick: Oh, I see. Well, news people aren ’t my favourite people right now. I heard there ’s a nasty story coming out aboSutome.thing aboutme throwing a game?Talia: That ’s why I ’m here.Nick: Too bad. Well, maybe we can meet again sometime, under differentcircumstances.Unit 4 A Matter Of Trust(2)Talia: No listen. I ’d like to ?I want to hear your side of the story. You don’t trust me, do you?Nick: Nope. You ’re in the news business. You ’re all alike.Talia: Hey, don ’t judge me so quickly. I told you the truth about why I was here, didn ’taI l?y.R Y e o u can trust me.Nick: Look, the only goal I have right now is helping my team win thequalifying match next weekend. After that I will deal with this mess.Talia: Wait, Nick. The charges are serious. People say you threw a game.They think you have gambling debts.Nick: Yes. That ’s why I gave the Soccer Federation access to my bank accounts.Talia: They could stop you from playing. Forever.Nick: That ’s impossible.Talia: No, it ’s not. That ’s why I want you to talk to me. I want your story.Did you or didn ’t you take the money? Did y oud i o dr n’t youthrow the game?Nick: Oh, you want to hear my story? Do you want to hear the true story,or the story that will get your show more viewers? Which story doyou really want? Take your pick.Talia: The only story I want is the true story.Nick: Well, the truth is, I didn ’t do it. I ’m an innocent man.Unit 5 Nick ’s Explana(t i o1)nTalia: OK, let ’s get this straight. You ’re one of the country ’s players ?Nick: Well, I have to admit —that's true. Of course, some people thinkthat ’s not such a great achievement.Talia: Now, for some reason, you sat out one of the biggest games of theyear.Nick: Not just for some reason. I sat out because I had a spraine(d扭伤)ankle. I could hardly walk, I certainly couldn play. ’tTalia: But your coach can ’t verify this.Nick: Of course not. You can ’t see a s pr-ar ai n y.on an XTalia: You can’t?Nick: No.Talia: I see ?Nick: You don ’t have to believe me, but it ’s the truth. I sat out the first round qualifying match because I had a sprained ankle.Talia: And not because you took a bribe.Nick: A bride? How can anybody believe such a ridiculous thing?Talia: Then can you explain the tape?Nick: What tape?Talia: Listen to this.Woman’s voice on tape: We ’ll pay you fifty thousandNdicoklla’r s.svoice on tape: And all I have to do is sit on thebench?Woma’n s voice on tape: That ’s right. Dothat and fifty thousand dollars is yours.Nick ’svoice on tape: Well, I can really use the money.You’ve got yourself a deal.Woman’s voice on tape: Great. It ’s a pleasure doing business with you.Unit 5 Nick ’s Explana(t i o2)nNick: It sure sounds like my voice, but I don ’t know why. Why would I do something so stupid?Talia: That ’s what I want to know.Nick: Hey, Coach! Can I talk to you a minute? Some TV station is goingto report that I deliberately sat out a game!Coach: I know all about it. Who is this?Nick: This is an old friend of mine from college, Talia Santos. She worksfor Newsline. This is Coach Haskins, and you may recognize myteammate, Dean Bishop.Dean: Hey.Coach: Hi.Talia: Nice to meet you both.Coach: Would you excuse us for a moment, please?Talia: Sure.Coach: Look. I don ’t think it ’s such a good idea to talk to the media right now.Dean: Yeah, you ’ve got that right.Nick: Coach, I just don ’t get it. Why would anybody try to do this to me? Coach: Well, we ’re going to find that out. Now, I don ’t want to worrNick, but I ’ve been getting some p ressu rte he fr So moccerFederation.Nick: What do you mean?Coach: They want you to sit out the game next week.Dean: No!Nick: They can ’t do that!Coach: Yes, they can. Nick, I know how badly you want to play, and,frankly, I don ’t think we can win without you.Unit 6 Bad News(1)Talia: I don ’t think he did it.Tony: What do you mean?Talia: Nick. I don ’t think he did it. I have a feeling.Tony: And you have that feeling because ?Talia: Well, for one thing, he told me he ’s innocent.Tony: And you believe it.Talia: As a matter of fact, I do. This could all be amistake ?or something ?Something is funny here. He ’s a M s a o k c i n c g e r star.money is not a problem for him.Amy: But gambling may be a problem for him.Tony: Yes, have you ever thought about that?Amy: He might owe a lot of people money.Tony: And sometimes people do things just because they can. Take itfrom me. I ’ve seen a lot of people do stupid t h Ei n v g e s n.rich,famous people. It may not always make sense.Talia: But, except for that tape, we have no proof.Tony: We had no proof. We have it now. Amy, tell her.Amy: Sorry, Talia. The audit of Nick ’s bank account came in. He deposited fifty thousand dollars in his bank account a week beforethe qualifying match.Talia: Oh, my gosh. What? Let me see that ?I ’m not going to stop investigating. There might be a good explanation for this.Unit 6 Bad News(2)Tony: You can keep investigating, but after looking at this bank statement, we have no choice. We ’re going with t hi t s o s n t i o g r h y t. If wedon’t, the competition may beat us to it.Amy: You ’ve got to admit, Talia, it doesn ’t look good.Talia: I keep telling myself we are missing something. Things aren ’t always as they seem.Tony: And sometimes things are exactly the way they seem.Talia: I just don ’t think that ’s true in this case.Tony: You just may be too trusting to be a reporter. Reporters have to be skeptical. Are you sure you ’re all right w t h o i r s k i b n y g onyourself? Maybe you should work with John Donnelly.Talia: No. I can do this myself. I promised Nick I ’d be fair. I promise you I wouldn ’t let my emotions color my j udgm Aen ndt.Ipromised myself I ’d do a good job.Tony: OK. But if you let me down, I ’m giving the story to John.Talia: Thanks, Tony. I ’ll be fine. You won ’t be sorry.Unit 7 An Endorsement Dea(l1)Talia: There you are! Nick, are you gonna stop lying to me?Nick: Hello, Talia. And how are you? Would you like to have a seat?Talia: No. Actually I prefer1 to stand.Nick: OK, whatever2. So now what ’s going on? Talia: This! Fiftythousand dollars appeared in your bank account just before thequalifying match. Fifty thousand dollars!Nick: So?Talia: So? So that ’s exactly the amount of money they say you accepted for throwing that game3.Nick: It ’s also the exact amount of money I got for endorsing4 a newline5 of athletic shoes. Talia: Oh, really?Nick: Yes, really. They ’re going to be called Kicks. They ’re comin next year.“Kicks:They’re cooler7 than your old shoeMs.orecomfortable, too. And they ’re less expensive than they look.Come and get your Kicks8! ”Talia: Stop! I get it. Now, what was I saying? Oh, yes. Can I call youragent9? I wanna confirm10 this “endorsement deal ”.Nick: Except11, I didn ’t use an agent. Talia: No agent? What a surprise!Unit 7 An Endorsement Dea(l2)Nick: Talia, this is what happened.Talia: Ooh, here comes another story.Nick: It was about 10 o ’clock one morning. I was having something to ink at the juice bar here.Jackie: Excuse me, aren ’t you Nick Crawford?Nick: Yes, that ’s right. Do I k u n?o w yoJackie: No, not yet, that is. I ’m Jackie Baker. I ’m the VP13 of Mar for Kicks Shoes.Nick: Uh-huh.Jackie: And I have a very interesting proposition14 for you.Nick: Keep going. I was listening.Jackie: Why don ’t we meet at my office tomorrow? Let ’s say15, 12:30 We can have lunch nearby, and I ’ll tell yo u d e a a b l o.ut theNick: She offered16 me this deal. Fifty thousand dollars just to endorse anew line of athletic shoes, and I agreed to wear the shoes nextyear when I play.Talia: That ’s it?Nick: Basically17.Talia: Hmm.Nick: Well, that ’s what happened. I ’ve still got her business card. You can call her yourself if you like.Talia: Jackie Baker, Kicks Shoes. OK, I ’ll call her. You know, on second thought18, I ’d rather pay her a visit19.Unit 8 No One by That Name(1)Talia: Hello. I ’m here to see Jackie Baker.Receptionist: Hmmm. I don ’t think ?I know who you want. Jack Baxter.He’s on the third floor, 301.Talia: No. I ’m here to see Jackie Baker, Ms. Jackie Baker.Receptionist: No, definitely not. There's no one here by that name.Talia: This is the Gower Building? 119 Gower Street?Receptionist: Yes. But like I said, there ’s no Jackie Baker here. Talia: Well, maybe she ’s no longer here. Maybe she used to work here. Receptionist: I don ’t think so. I ’r t v e e nb y e e e a n r s h.e T r e e n f o y ears toolong, I might add. ?Someone nameBd a J n ak c eo r b u s e dto work here. Funny, he was an architect, not a banker.Anyway, he was on the 2nd floor. Areyou sure you ’re notlooking for Jacob Banker?Talia: No. No. The name is Jackie Baker. She ’s a VP at Kicks Shoes. Receptionist: Now I really don ’t know what you ’re talking about. Kicks Shoes? Hold on a second. I ’m sorry, but Iheard’ve neverof Kicks Shoes and they ’re not in our directory. Are yousure you ’re in the right place?Talia: No. I ’m not sure where I am. In fact, I ’m not sure about anything anymore.Unit 8 No One by That Name(2)Talia: Oh, no. My cell phone is dead. Can I use your phone for amoment?Receptionist: You seem really angry. Are you going to yell at someone?Talia: I don ’t know. Maybe. Probably ?Yes!Receptionist: In that case, be my guest. Just dial 9 first.Receptionist: Uh-oh. Someone ’s in big trouble.Nick: Hello.Talia: Hello, Nick. It ’s Talia. Remember me?Nick: Of course I remember you.Talia: I wasn ’t sure. You seem to have trouble with names. And faces.And facts.Nick: Really? I used to have a good memory.I remembered you, didn ’t I? Talia: There is no Jackie Baker here. There has never been a Jackie Bakerhere. And, to make matters worse, they eve’n v h e e a n r e d v o e frKicks Shoes.Nick: That ’s ridiculous! You ’ve got her business card. You ’re at t Gower Building?Talia: That ’s right.Nick: But I met Jackie there. I met her there. She took me to lunchHave you tried calling her?Talia: I called before I came, but I got voicemail. One of those messageslike, “The person you are calling is not availabtlheought it was ”. Iodd.Nick: Look, Talia, I don ’t know what I can say. I ’m telling the truth. Talia: Well, someone is lying. And if you think you ’re gonna see a go story on Newsline, you ’re wr on-g b!y Ge,o N oi d ck.Receptionist: Oh, that was good.Unit 9 No Help for Nick(1)Nick: Jackie Baker, pleaseReceptionist: Oh, I'm sorry. But there's no Jackie Baker here.Nick: Do you mind if I look at that?Receptionist: Not at all. Have a look. Let me guess. You're Nick.Nick: That's right, but ... how did you know?Receptionist: Oh, you' re famous!Nick: Oh. Do you follow soccer?Receptionist: Soccer? No, never watch it. I was listening when thatwoman called you. I overheard everything.Nick: Well, that's great.Receptionist: She was really angry. Wow!Nick: I know. I know. Say, do you know what time it is?Receptionist: Nearly five. I was just getting ready to leave when youarrived.Nick: It's probably too late anyway. The news is going to be on in an hour.Unit 9 No Help for Nick(1)Receptionist: So Nick, is there anything else I can do for you?Nick: Yeah, maybe. Could I speak to someone else at Kicks? Receptionist: Excuse me?Nick: Kicks shoes,,may i speak to someone else at Kicks shoes? Receptionist: Sorry, Nick, but there Kicks Sh’o essnhoere,either. In fact,I ’d never even heard of them before today.Nick: I don ’t understand.Receptionist: Cheer up. Things can ’t be as bad as they seem. Nick: No?Receptionist: Maybe you could describe this Jackie Baker to me.Nick: Great. Thanks. She ’s, uh, about as tall as you are. She ’s got long black hair. She wears glasses. Oh, she was wearing a nice businesssuit when I met her here. She looked like an executive.Receptionist: And she ’s got blue eyes?Nick: Yes! Do you know her?Receptionist: No, I was just trying to help. Sorry I don ’t know her at allUnit 10 In the News(1)Patty: Hey, Nick. It's good to see you again. What can I get for you?Nick: Could I get a large pineapple and strawberry smoothie? ?Patty: Coming right up. Is everything all right?Nick: My life is a mess! And just when I thought things were going great.Patty: What's the matter? Did you get hurt?Nick: Yeah, I got hurt. But not on the soccer field.Patty: Really?Nick: Yeah. It all started when I agreed to endorse some shoes. Party,would you mind making it louder? I need to catch up on the news.Patty: No problem.Reporter on TV: Let' s see if he' s got some comments about this scandal.Hey, Dean! What do you think about the Nick Crawfordscandal?Dean on TV: I' m not going to comment until we know more.Reporter on TV: Do you think the Soccer Federation is going to spendhim from playing,Dean on TV: Well, I really can't say. I' m sure they ’ll decide as soon they have more information.Reporter: What kind of information do you think they ’ll need to find?Dean: It's hard to say ...Nick: Hold on. Do you see that woman? The woman standing behindDean? That's her!Patty: That's who?Nick: I think that's Jackie Baker! The woman with Kicks Shoes.Unit 10 In the News(1)Patty: Jackie Baker? No. That's Jackie Bishop, Dean's sister. She was amember here last year, but I haven't seen her aroundlately. I'm surprised you never ran into her.Dean: I've always admired Nick Crawford, f m sure he wouldn't riskruining his career.Nick: Thai's her. That's Jackie Baker.Patty: No, I'm pretty sure that's Jackie Bishop.Nick: But there's something different. No glasses. And her hair ...Patty: Ah, it's blonde now, but she keeps changing the color. She's aactress.Nick: A wannabe actress?Patty: Oh yeah! She' s tried out for a lot of movie parts, but I doubt she' s actually ever acted in anything.Nick: Except for the day she took me to lunch. She' s a great actress. She should get an Oscar for her performance.Reporter: The Nick Crawford scandal is just beginning to unfold, but one thing is clear...Patty: Here you go Nick. . I think you're going to need it.Reporter: ??the evidence is not in his favor. The Soccer Federation is saying that he and may never play soccer professionally again.Unit 11 The Truth Revealed(1)Talia: I' m so glad I went to that class last night. It was really interesting. Amy: Well, Talia, you do look a little better today.Talia: Well, I don't feel much better.Amy: You know what? You missed a great party the other night. Josh' s friend Matt was there. I really want to introduce you to him.He's ...Talia: I completely believed him. He can be so persuasive. So convincing.I'm so disappointed. I feel like such a fool.Amy: Look, Talia, you' re no fool. Don' t be so hard on yourself.Talia: But I was convinced that Nick was being honest.Amy: It really is a shame, though. I was hoping you'd break this big story and become the top reporter at the station. Then I'd be yourassistant, and you'd give me a raise.Talia: I'm so glad to hear you really care about me. Oh, I'm so depressed. Amy: Don't look now, but the big storyteller is here.Nick: Talia. Talia.Amy: Hello. Nick Crawford? I' m Amy Lee.Nick: And I' m here to talk to Talia.Amy: Uh, I don't think you can speak to her now.Nick: But I've got to talk to her. I know who's responsible for this mess. Talia: I've heard that before.Nick: OK, forget it. I don't have to speak to you. I'll give my story to that other reporter, what's his name? John Donnelly.Unit 11 The Truth Revealed(2)Talia: I ’II give you two minutes.Nick: You won't be sorry. OK, I went to see her. I went to see Jackie Baker.Talia: There is no Jackie Baker.Nick: That' s right.Talia: So you admit that you lied?Nick: No, I didn't lie. No, listen, this is what happened.Jackie: There you are. Right on time. We' ve got reservations for lunch. Nick: Great. Where are we going?Jackie: It ’s a little place just around the corner. We can walk there. Nick: Sounds good.Jackie: Yes. I hate doing business in my office. It' s so much more pleasant to talk over a good meal.Nick: Then, over lunch, we talked about the deal.Jackie: So, just sign here. It basically says we' II pay you $50,000 to endorse the shoes.Nick: She tricked me. She and her brother Dean. They wanted me out of the way. Dean is the next in line to be the star player.Talia: Wow! This is amazing. So, what are you going to do now?Nick : I ’m going to the team office to talk to the coach. I' ve got to make sure he believes me.Unit 12 Dean’s Challeng(e1)Nick: Oh, good, you' re here. Coach, I' ve been trying to speak to you since last night. This whole scandal is because ...Coach: Nick, Nick, we' ve been working together for four years now.You' re my best player, and frankly, Nick, I feel like we're family. Nick: Thanks, Coach. Me too.Coach: I'm sorry. I didn't know you've been having money problems.Nick: No, I haven't! I hope you don't believe those lies about me. Trust me, Coach. I have not let you down.Coach: Well, why don't you clear this whole thing up for me, then? Nick: I would love to! The truth is, it's Dean. I know it's him.Coach: Dean? Who are you talking about? Dean Bishop?Nick: Yes. Dean Bishop. His sister is involved, too. They somehow madea phony tape. His sister gave me fifty thousand dollars for a fakeendorsement.Coach: And you' re saying they made it look like a bribe for sitting out the qualifying game?Nick: Exactly.Coach: But Dean? And his sister? This is hard to believe. Why would Dean do this to you?Nick: Just think about it. Dean is a great player, but he' s always in my shadow. He wants you to kick me off the team so that he can bethe star.Coach: Wow! I don't know what to say. This is incredible. I hate to have to ask, but ... do you have proof?Nick: Not yet. But I' ve been working with Talia Santos at Newsline for the past day or two. I'm hoping she can help.Coach: It may be too late. The Soccer Federation has been calling me for the past two days. They want to suspend you.Nick: But what about Dean Bishop?Coach: He's going to play in the qualifying match. Next to you, he's our strongest player.Unit 12 Dean ’s Challe(n g2)eNick: Dean.Dean: Nick, buddy. Tough rap you' re taking. Is there anything I can do to help?Nick: Yes, there is something you can do. You can tell Coach what really happened.Dean: Excuse me?Nick: You know. You can tell him about this scheme of yours.Dean: Uh, what are you talking about?Nick: How you and your- so talented sister have been plotting for how long now?Dean: I don't know what you're talking about.Nick: Yeah. The two of you dreamed up that fake endorsement deal. That must have taken a lot of planning. I'm impressed. I didn't knowyou were that smart.Dean: You're talking crazy now.Nick: It was you Dean. I know it was you. I guess you didn't expect me to figure it out.。

新世纪交互英语视听说_第三册Video文本

新世纪交互英语视听说_第三册Video文本

Unit 1 Another Busy dayVideo Listening 1Amy: Good morning, Talia.Talia: Oh, hi. Good morning.Amy: You know, y o u'r e working too hard.Talia: I know. I always work this hard. Maybe you could mention that to Tony? I don't think he knows it. Amy: Is that a new hairstyle? I t's very ... unique.Talia: Very funny. I had to work late last night. I'm tired, I'm in a bad mood, and I d o n't care about my hair.Amy: That's probably why you' re not a reporter yet.Talia: You think so?Amy: No, I'm just kidding ...Talia: You may be right.Amy: Maybe Tony will take you more seriously after you finish the journalism class.Talia: Oh, no! Our journalism class! I forgot. It's tomorrow. What's the homework?Amy: Compare two news stories on the same topic.Talia: T h a i's easy enough to do. Sounds interesting, too. I guess I II do it after work.Amy: You work too hard.Video Listening 2Amy: Why d o n't you take a break tonight? Yeah, why not come with me to a party?Talia: No thanks. Maybe some other time.Amy: Come on! Josh Taylor is having a party. A lot of available guys will be there.... You might meet someone.Talia: No, listen! I'm too busy to go. Go without me ...Tony: Good, yo u'r e here. I have something important to talk to you about. What are you working on?Talia: I'm researching the background information for that transportation story.Amy: She' s always working. She told me to tell you that.Tony: I have a big project for you to work on. I know you've been hoping for a break. This may be it.Talia: Really? That's great!Tony: Come to my office in about 10 minutes. By the way, you look different. Have you clone something with your hair?Unit 2 Breaking NewsVideo Listening 1Tony : Someone sent us th is tape. This is incredible. What a shame.Talia : What's a shame?Tony : Have you ever heard of Nick Crawford, the soccer player? H e's the star forward on our national team.Talia : Of course. Everyone's heard of him, I think.Tony : Well, apparently this conversation took place a while ago: Nick Cr awford talks about how he needs money.Amy:That's not big news. There's a rumor that he's fallen into debt lately. I've heard all sorts of gossip about that.Tony : Yes, but, it gets even more interesting. Also on the tape, a woman offers him $50,000.Talia : What for?Tony: To sit out the f irs t round qualifying match. Remember? Nick Crawford had an in jur y andc o u ld n't play in that game?Talia : Sure, I remember. We lost that match, and if we lose again, we might be eliminated,Tony : Exactly. The next qualifying round is coming up. If this tape is real, Nick Crawford will be history.Amy : You mean, he won' t get to play in the next match?Tony : Exactly. And without him, we' II probably lose again.Amy : Wow! A real scandal! Is the tape for real?Tony : Talia, that' s your job now. Find out if the tape is authentic. And you' d better find out fast.Video Listening 2Talia : OK. I' II get this tape to an expert.Tony: If we can, w e'l l run the tape on t o n i g h t's broadcast before the competition hears about it. In fact, they may already have a copy of this tape.Talia: Speaking of copies, we ought to make a copy of this. We s h o u l d n't give away our only one. Tony : Good thinking. Amy ... handle this with care.Amy : Absolutely!Talia: See you later. I'm going to call the audio department. They can give me the name of an expert. Tony: Tell them we need someone fast.Talia : OK. I' m on it.Tony : Is there a problem?Talia : Not exactly. I'l l do it. It’s just that ... I know Nick Crawford.Tony : You do?Talia : Yes. We went to college together. I t's hard to believe he would do something like this.Tony : Well, wake up and smell the coffee, Talia! He's a big star. He's been a star on the national team for four years now. People do crazy things when they get famous.Talia : I just c a n't believe it. Nick Crawford taking a bribe?Tony: Listen, Talia. You're smart. Yo u'r e a good researcher, and one day I hope y o u'l l be a great reporter. But d o n't let your emotions get in the way of your work. If you do, I' II have to find someone else to work on this story.Unit 3 A Job for TaliaVideo Listening 1Woman's voice on tape: We'll pay you fifty thousand dollars.Nick's voice on tape: And all I have to do is sit on the bench?Woman's voice on tape: That' s right. Do that, and fifty thousand dollars is yours.Nick's voice on tape: Well, I can really use the money. You've got yourself a deal.Woman's voice on tape: Great. It's a pleasure doing business with you.Tony: How's it going?Talia: I can' t tell. I hope our expert will be able to figure it out.Tony: Me, too. When will we have the results?Talia: He's going to call me back this afternoon.Tony: Good.Talia: Y ou know, I've been a researcher here for three years. I've investigated other scandals. But something here doesn't seem right.Tony: What do you mean?Talia: It just doesn't make sense. Nick Crawford loves soccer. Why would he do something to hurt his career? Tony: T h a t's a good question. How well do you know Nick Crawford? Is he a friend of yours?Talia: No, not really. I just knew him in college. We had English together for two semesters.Tony: Oh, t h a t's it?Talia: Well, I got to know him a little. I know that he moved here from England about 10 years ago. I know that h e's smart. And I know that h e's always dreamed of being a great soccer star. Tony: Mm hmm.Talia: So, why would he risk ruining his career?Video Listening 2Talia: Bad news. The audio expert needs another day to check the tape.Tony: Did you tell him it was urgent? Find someone else!Talia: Of course I told him. But I also told him we need to be sure, absolutely sure.Tony: That' s true.Talia: Tony, listen. I have an idea. Let me go and talk to Nick.Tony: I d o n't know ...Talia: He may remember me. He may be willing to confide in me.Tony: Talia, look, y o u'r e not a reporter yet, you're still a researcher. Remember?Talia: Please, Tony. Give me a chance. What do you have to lose?Tony: All right, I'l l give you one more day. But only one more day.Talia: You won't be sorry. Just one more thing: if I find something big, the story is mine, right? Tony: What do you mean?Talia: I mean, you’ll let me report it, won" t you? If I can get Nick to tell me everything?Tony: You deserve a break. I know that. I'l l tell you what: come up with something big and th e story is yours. But, Talia, be careful.Talia: What do you mean?Tony: This Nick Crawford guy ... I hear he can be very charming. D o n't let him charm you out of a story.Unit 4 A Matter Of TrustVideo 1Talia: Nick?Nick: I know you, don’t I?Talia:Yes. I’m Talia, Talia Santos.Nick: Yeah, Talia! Of course!Talia:After all these years, I’m surprised you remember me.Nick:How could I forget you?? We were in an English literature class together, weren’t we?Talia: Tha’s righ t, the Shakespeare class.Nick:Right, Dr. Custer’s class. She was a tough teacher. She really made us work hard.Talia:Oh, gosh, don’t remind me.Nick:We studied together for the final, didn’t we?Talia:Yes, that’s right. As I recall, you did really we ll on it.Nick:That’s right! But only because I speak Shakespeare so fluently.Talia: Very cute.Nick: So, what are you doing here? Are you a big soccer fan now?Talia:Not exactly. I’m a researcher now… with Newsline.Nick: Oh, I see. Well, news people a ren’t my favourite people right now. I heard there’s a nasty story coming out about me. Something about me throwing a game?Talia: That’s why I’m here.Nick: Too bad. Well, maybe we can meet again sometime, under different circumstances.Video Listening 2Talia: No listen. I’d like to … I want to hear your side of the story. You don’t trust me, do you?Nick:Nope. You’re in the news business. You’re all alike.Talia:Hey, don’t judge me so quickly. I told you the truth about why I was here, didn’t I? Rea lly.You can trust me.Nick: Look, the only goal I have right now is helping my team win the qualifying match next weekend. After that I will deal with this mess.Talia: Wait, Nick. The charges are serious. People say you threw a game. They think you have gambling debts. Nick: Yes. That’s why I gave the Soccer Federation access to my bank accounts.Talia: They could stop you from playing. Forever.Nick:That’s impossible.Talia:No, it’s not. That’s why I want you to talk to me. I want your story. Did you or didn’t you take the money? Did you or didn’t you throw the game?Nick: Oh, you want to hear my story? Do you want to hear the true story, or the story that will get your show more viewers? Which story do you really want? Take your pick.Talia: The only story I want is the true story.Nick:Well, the truth is, I didn’t do it. I’m an innocent man.Unit 5 Nick’s ExplanationTalia : OK, let's get this straight. You’re one of the country's best soccer players.Nick : Well, I have to admit—that' s true. Of course, some people think that' s not such a great achievement. Talia : Now, for some reason, you sat out one of the biggest games of the year.Nick :Not just for some reason. I had a sprained ankle. I could hardly walk, so I certainly couldn't play.Talia : But your coach can't verify this.Nick : Of course he can't. You can't see a sprain on an X-ray.Talia : You can't?Nick : No.Talia :I see ...Nick : You don't have to believe me, but it's the truth. I sat out the first round qualifying match because I had a sprained ankle.Talia : And not because you took a bribe?Nick : A bribe? How can anyone believe such a ridiculous thing?Talia : Then can you explain the tape?Nick : What tape?Talia : Listen to this.(Voice on tape)Woman: We' II pay you fifty thousand pounds.Nick: And all I have to do is sit on the bench?Woman : That's right. Do that and fifty thousand pounds is yours.Nick: Well, I could really use the money. You've got yourself a deal.Woman: Great. It’s a pleasure doing business with you.Video 2Nick: It sure sounds like my voice, but I don't know why. Why would I do something so stupid?Talia:That's what I want to know.Nick:Hey, Coach! Can I talk to you a minute? Some TV station is going to report that I deliberately sat out a game!Coach:I know all about it. Who is this?Nick:This is an old friend of mine from college, Talia Santos. She works for Newsline. This is Coach Haskins, and you may recognize my teammate, Dean Bishop.Dean: Hey.Coach:Hi.Talia:Nice to meet you both.Coach:Would you excuse us for a moment, please?Talia:Sure.Coach:Look. I don't think it's such a good idea to talk to the media right now.Dean:Yeah, you've got that right.Nick: Coach, I just don't get it. Why would anybody try to do this to me?Coach:Well, we' re going to find that out. Now, I don't want to worry you, Nick, but I've been getting some pressure from the Soccer Federation.Nick:What do you mean?Coach:They want you to sit out the game next week.Dean:No!Nick: They can't do that!Coach:Yes, they can. Nick, I know how badly you want to play, and, frankly, I don't think we can win without you.Unit 6 Bad NewsVideo 1Talia:I don't think he did it.Tony:What do you mean?Talia:Nick. I don’t think he did it. I have a feeling.Tony: And you have that feeling because…Talia:No for one thing, he told me he was innocent.Tony: And you believe it.Talia:As a matter of fact, I do. This could all be a mistake …or something… Something is funny here. He’s a soccer star. Making money is not a problem for him.Amy:But gambling may be a problem for him.Tony:Yes, have you ever thought about that?Amy:He might owe a lot of people money.Tony:And sometimes people do things just because they can. Take it from me. I’ve seen a lot of people do stupid things. Even rich, famous people. It may not always make sense.Talia:But, except for that tape, we have no proof.Tony:We had no proof. We have it n ow. Amy, tell her.Amy:Sorry, Talia. The audit of Nick’s bank account came in. He deposited fifty thousand dollars in his bank account a week before the qualifying match.Talia:Oh, my gosh. What? Let me see that…I’m not going to stop i nvestigating. There might be a good explanation for this.Video 2Tony:You can keep investigating, but after looking at this bank statement, we have no choice. W’re going with this story tonight. If we don’t, the competition may beat us to it.Amy:You’ve got to admit, Talia, it doesn’t look good.Talia:I keep telling myself we are missing something. Things aren’t always as they seem.Tony:And sometimes things are exactly the way they seem.Talia:I just don’t think that’s true in this case.Tony:You just may be too trusting to be a reporter. Reporters have to be skeptical. Are you sure you’re all right working on this by yourself? Maybe you should work with John Donnelly.Talia:No. I can do this myself. I promised Nick I’d be fair. I promised you I wouldn’t let my emotions color my judgment. And I promised myself I’d do a good job.Tony:OK. But if you let me down, I’m giving the story to John.Talia:Thanks, Tony. I’ll be fine. You won’t be sorry.Unit 7 Endorsement DealVideo 1Talia: There you are! Nick, are you going to stop lying to me?Nick:Hello, Talia. And how are you? Would you like to have a seat?Talia:No, actually, I prefer to stand.Nick:Ok. Whatever. So now what’s going on?Talia:This! Fifty thousand dollars appeared in you bank account just before the qualifying match. Fifty thousand dollars!Nick: So?Talia: So? So, that’s exactly the amount of money they say you accepted for throwing that game.Nick: It is also the exact amount of money I got for endorsing a new line of athletic shoes.Talia:Oh, really?Nick:Yes, really. They’re going to be called Kicks. They are coming out next year. “Kicks: they are cooler than your old shoes. More comfortable, too. And they are less expensive than they look. Come and get your kicks!”Talia:Stop! I get it. Now, what was I saying? Oh, yes. Can I call your agent? I want to confirm this endorsement deal.Nick:Except, I didn’t use an agent.Talia:No agent? What a surprise!Video 2Nick:Talia, this is what happened.Talia: Ooh, here it comes. Another story.Nick:It was about 10 o’clock one morning. I was having something to drink at the juice bar here.Jackie: E xcuse me. Aren’t you Nick Crawford?Nick:Yes, that’s right. Do I know you?Jackie: No. not yet, that is. I’m Jackie Baker. I am the VP of marketing for Kicks Shoes.Nick: Uh-huh.Jackie: And I have a very interesting proposition for you.Nick:Keep going, I am listening.Jackie: Why don’t we meet at my office tomorrow? Let’s say, 12:30. we can have lunch nearby, and I’ll tell you all about the deal.Nick:She offered me this deal. Fifty thousand dollars just to endorse a new line of athletic shoes, and I agreed to wear the shoes next year when I play.Talia:That’s it?Nick: Basically.Talia:Hmm.Nick:Well, that’s what happened. I’ve still got her business card. You can call her yourself if you like.Talia:Jackie Baker, Kicks Shoes, OK. I’ll call her. You know on second thought, I’d rather pay her a visit.Unit 8 No One by That NameVideo 1Talia:Hello. I’m here to see Jackie Baker.Receptionist: hmmm. I don’t think…I know who you want. Jack Baxter. He’s on the third floor, 301. Talia:No, I’m here to see Jackie Baker, Ms. Jackie Baker.Receptionist: …no, definitely not. There’s no one by that name.Talia:This is the Gower Building? 119 Gower Street?Receptionist: yes. But like I said, there’s no Jackie Baker here.Talia:Well, maybe she’s no longer here. Maybe she used to work here.Receptionist: I didn’t think so. I’ve been here for ten years. Ten years too long, I might add. Someone named Jacob Banker used to work here. Funny, he was an architect, not a banker. Anyway, he was on the 2nd floor. Are you sure you are not looking for Jacob Banker?Talia: No, no. the name is Jackie Baker. She is a VP at kicks shoes.Receptionist: Now I really don’t know what you are talking about. Kicks shoes? Hold on a second, I’m sorry, but I’ve never heard of kicks shoes and they are not in our directory. Are you sure you are in the right place?Talia:No. I’m nor sure where I am. In fact, I’m not sure about anything anymore.Video 2Talia: Oh, no. my cell phone is dead. Can I use your phone for a moment?Receptionist: you seem really angry. Are you going to yell at someone?Talia:I don’t know. Maybe. Probably…yes.Receptionist: I n that case, be my guest. Just dial 9 first.Receptionist: Uh-oh. Someone’s in big trouble.Nick:Hello.Talia: Hello, nick. It’s Talia. Remember me?Nick: Of course I remember you.Talia: I wasn’t sure. You seem to have trouble with names. And faces. And facts.Nick: Really? I used to have a good memory. I remembered you, did n’t I?Talia:There is no Jackie Baker here. There has never been a Jackie Baker here. And, to make matters worse, they’ve never even heard of kicks shoes.Nick:That’s ridiculous! You’ve got her business card. You’re at the Gower Building.Talia: That’s right.Nick:But I met Jackie there. I met her there. She took me to lunch…Have you tried calling her? Talia: I called before I came, but I got voicemail. One of those messages like, “the person you are calling is not available.” I thought it was odd.Nick:Look, Talia, I don’t know what I can say. I’m telling the truth.Talia: Well, someone is lying. And if you think you are going to see a good story on news line, you’re wrong. Good-bye, Nick.Receptionist: Oh, that was good.Unit 9 No help for NickVideo 1Nick : Jackie Baker, pleaseReceptionist: Oh, I'm sorry. But there's no Jackie Baker here.Nick : Do you mind if I look at that?Receptionist: Not at all. Have a look. Let me guess. You're Nick.Nick: That's right, but ... how did you know?Receptionist: Oh, you' re famous!Nick : Oh. Do you follow soccer?Receptionist: Soccer? No, never watch it. I was listening when that woman called you. Iover heard everything.Nick : Well, that's great.Receptionist: She was really angry. Wow!Nick : I know. I know. Say, do you know what time it is?Receptionist : Nearly five. I was just getting ready to leave when you arrived.Nick : It's probably too late anyway. The news is going to be on in an hour.Video Listening 2Receptionist: So Nick, is there anything else I can do for you?Nick: Yeah, maybe. Could I speak to someone else at Kicks?Receptionist:Excuse me?Nick:Kicks shoes. May I speak to someone else at Kicks shoes?Receptionist: Sorry, Nick, but there’s no Kicks Shoes here, either. In fact, I’d never even heard of them before today.Nick:I don’t understand.Receptionist:Cheer up. Things can’t be as bad as they seem.Nick:No?Receptionist:Maybe you could describe this Jackie Baker to me.Nick: Great. Thanks. She’s, uh, about as tall as you are. She’s got long black hair. She wears glasses. Oh, she was wearing a nice business suit when I met her here. She looked like anexecutive.Receptionist:And she’s got blue eyes?Nick:Yes! Do you know her?Receptionist:No, I was just trying to help. Sorry I don’t know her at all.Unit 10 AT A GLANCEVideo 1Patty: Hey, Nick. It's good to see you again. What can I gel for you?Nick : Could I get a large pineapple and strawberry smoothie?Patty:Coming right up. Is everything all right?Nick : My life is a mess! And just when I thought things were going great.Patty : What's the matter? Did you get hurt?Nick : Yeah, I got hurt. But not on the soccer field.Patty: Really?Nick: Yeah. It all started when I agreed to endorse some shoes. Party, would you mindmaking it louder? I need to catch up on the news.Patty : No problem.Reporter on TV: Let' s see if he' s got some comments about this scandal. Hey, Dean!What do you think about the Nick Crawford scandal?Dean on TV: I' m not going to comment until we know more.Reporter on TV: Do you think the Soccer Federation is going to suspend him from playing;Dean on TV: Well, I really can't say. /' m sure they' II decide as soon as they have moreinformation.Reporter: What kind of information do you think they' II need to find?Dean : It's hard to say ...Nick : Hold on. Do you see that woman? The woman standing behind Dean? That's her!Patty: That's who?Nick : I think that's Jackie Baker! The woman with Kicks Shoes.Video 2Patty : Jackie Baker? No. That's Jackie Bishop, Dean's sister. She was a member here last year, but I haven't seen her around lately. I'm surprised you never ran into her.Dean : I've always admired Nick Crawford, f m sure he wouldn't risk ruining his career.Nick ; Thai's her. That's Jackie Baker.Patty: No, I'm pretty sure that's Jackie Bishop.Nick: But there's something different. No glasses. And her hair ...Patty: Ah, it's blonde now, but she keeps changing the color. She's a wannabe actress.Nick : A wannabe actress?Patty: Oh yeah! She' s tried out for a lot of movie parts, but I doubt she' s actually ever acted in anything.Nick: Except for the day she took me to lunch. She's a great actress. She should get an Oscar for her performance.Reporter: The Nick Crawford scandal is just beginning to unfold, but one thing is clear...Patty: Here you go Nick. On the house. I think you're going to need it.Reporter: ... the evidence is not in his favor. The Soccer Federation is saying that he may be suspended and may never play soccer professionally again.Unit 11 The Truth RevealedVideo 1 ScriptTalia:I’m so glad I went to that class last night. It was really interesting.Amy:Well, Talia, you do look a little better today.Talia:Well, I don’t feel much better.Amy:You know what? You missed a great party the other night. Josh’s friend Matt was there. I really want to introduce you to him. He’s ...Talia: I completely believed him. He can be so persuasive. So convincing. I’m so disappointed. I feel like such a fool.Amy:Look, Talia, you’re no fool. Don’t be so hard on yourself.Talia:But I was convinced that Nick was being honest.Amy: It really is a shame, though. I was hoping you’d break this big story and become the top reporter at the station.Then I’d be your assistant, and you’d give me a raise.Talia:I’m so glad to hear you really care about me. Oh, I’m so depressed.Amy:Don’t look now, but the big storyteller is here.Nick:Talia. Talia.Amy:Hello. Nick Crawford? I’m Amy Lee.Nick:And I’m here to talk to Talia.Amy:Uh, I don’t think you can speak to her now.Nick:But I’ve got to talk to her. I know who’s responsible for this mess.Talia:I’ve heard that before.Nick: OK, forget it. I don’t have to speak to you. I’ll give my story to that other reporter, what’s-his-name? John Donnelly.Video 2 ScriptTalia: I’ll give you two minutes.Nick: You won’t be sorry. OK, I went to see her. I went to see Jackie Baker.Talia: There is no Jackie Baker.Nick: That’s right.Talia: So you admit that you lied?Nick: No, I didn’t lie. No, listen, this is what happened.Jackie: There you are. Right on time. We’ve got reservations for lunch.Nick: Great. Where are we going?Jackie: It’s a little place just around the corner. We can walk there.Nick: Sounds good.Jackie: Yes. I hate doing business in my office. It’s so much more pleasant to talk over a good meal.Nick: Then, over lunch, we talked about the deal.Jackie: So, just sign here. It basically says we’ll pay you $50,000 to endorse the shoes.Nick: She tricked me. She and her brother Dean. They wanted me out of the way. Dean is the next in line to be the star player.Talia: Wow! This is amazing. So, what are you going to do now?Nick: I’m going to the team office to talk to the coach. I’ve got to make sure he believes me.Unit 12 Dean’s ChallengeVideo 1 ScriptNick: Oh, good, you’re here. Coach, I‘ve been trying to speak to you since last night.This whole scandal is because ...Coach: Nick, Nick, we’ve been working together for four years now. You’re my best player, and frankly, Nick, I feel like we're family.Nick: Thanks, Coach. Me, too.Coach: I'm sorry. I didn't know you've been having money problems.Nick: No, I haven't! I hope you don't believe those lies about me. Trust me, Coach. I have not let you down. Coach: Well, why don't you clear this whole thing up for me, then?Nick: I would love to! The truth is, it's Dean. I know it's him.Coach: Dean? Who are you talking about? Dean Bishop?Nick: Yes. Dean Bishop. His sister is involved, too. They somehow made a phony tape. His sister gave me fifty thousand dollars for a fake endorsement.Coach: And you’re saying they made it look like a bribe for sitting out the qualifying game?Nick: Exactly.Coach: But Dean? And his sister? This is hard to believe. Why would Dean do this to you?Nick: Just think about it. Dean i s a great player, but he’s always in my shadow. He wants you to kick me off the team so that he can be the star.Coach: Wow! I don't know what to say. This is incredible. I hate to have to ask, but ... do you have proof?Nick: Not yet. But I‘ve been wor king with Talia Santos at Newsline for the past day or two. I'm hoping she can help.Coach: It may be too late. The Soccer Federation has been calling me for the past two days. They want to suspend you.Nick: But what about Dean Bishop?Coach: He's going to play in the qualifying match. Next to you, he's our strongest player.Video 2 ScriptNick: Dean.Dean: Nick, buddy. Tough rap you’re taking. Is there anything I can do to help?Nick: Yes, there is something you can do. You can tell Coach what really happened.Dean: Excuse me?Nick: You know. You can tell him about this scheme of yours.Dean: Uh, what are you talking about?Nick: How you and your-so talented sister have been plotting for how long now?Dean: I don't know what you're talking about.Nick: Yeah. The two of you dreamed up that fake endorsement deal. That must have taken a lot of planning.I'm impressed. I didn't know you were that smart.Dean: You're talking crazy now.Nick: It was you Dean. I know it was you. I guess you didn't expect me to figure it out.Dean: Wow, Nick. You've, uh, you've made up quite a story there. In fact, it's one of the craziest stories I've ever heard.Nick: I don't know how you pulled it off. How you made the tape. But I know it was you and your sister. Dean: Yeah? Oh, this is so typical of you. Always so sure of yourself. Always the most popular guy on the team. Well, you're not so popular now, Nicky boy.Nick: I know what you did.Dean: You think you know. But let's see you prove it.。

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3听力文本原文

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3听力文本原文

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3听力文本原文新世纪大学英语视听说教程听力文本Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1 and Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plants while I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you? Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though.Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you th e keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3Esther: We have to leave in thirty minutes. Have you finished packing?Mina: Yes, I have…Esther: You look worried. What's wrong?Mina: I can't remember u here I put my passport.Esther: Oh, no!Mina: It's here somewhere.Esther: When did you last have it?Mina: About ten minutes ago. Let me think…Oh, there it is. I put it on the dresser.Esther: What a relief!Track 3-1-41. The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.2.1 have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was----there was this passenger who had a tou pee and one of m}'f flight. attendants was serving…I think…she wasserving food…and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance…and her hand landed on the guy’s head, who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter becauseyou're not allowed to laugh…Track 3-1-OL-1 and Track 3-1-OL-2W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-OL-3Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-OL-4S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday? S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after ourvacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-OL-5 and Track 3-1-OL-6Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about a week before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel.You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras and cellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it. If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the empty space and helps theshoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit.4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, tr aveler’s checks, creditcards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you. Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Putthose the heavy items in your checking luggage. Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub of bans, safety pinsand plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Track 3-1-OL-7 and Track 3-1-OL-8Travel TodayGoing solo is the way to go!By D. ToorHow do you usually travel? Do you go with a close friend or a group of friends? Do you join a tour group? Do you travel with your family? Have you ever imagined "going solo"? In the mid 1990s, it was estimated that 9 million Americans were planning a summer vacation alone. Since then, the number of solo travelers has increased. You may think that traveling alone would be scary or boring. Well, according to people who do it, that's not exactly true. Solo travelers often have positive experiences: they make new friends, get to know themselves better, and can make their own schedules.There are many different things you can do on a vacation alone. Some solo travelers use the time to learn or practice a sport such as golf, mountain climbing, or scuba diving. Others go and stay on a ranch and learn how to ride a horse. You can pretend to be a cowboy or a cowgirl for a day!You may not believe this, but some travelers like to study on their vacation. They even go to "vacation college" at a universityor join a research team as a volunteer worker. It's hard but satisfying work. You can "play scientist" for a week or two while you help someone with their project.For solo travelers of different ages and genders, there are many travel options, There are tours for women only and。

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1 Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plants while I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3Esther: We have to leave in thirty minutes. Have you finished packing?Mina: Yes, I have…Esther: You look worried. What's wrong?Mina: I can't remember u here I put my passport.Esther: Oh, no!Mina: It's here somewhere.Esther: When did you last have it?Mina: About ten minutes ago. Le t me think…Oh, there it is. I put it on the dresser.Esther: What a relief!Track 3-1-41. The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.2.1 have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was----there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of m}'f flight. attendantswas serving…I think…she was serving food…and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance…and her hand landed on the guy’s head, who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh…Track 3-1-OL-1 Track 3-1-OL-2W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-OL-3Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-OL-4S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water ourplants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-OL-5 Track 3-1-OL-6Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras andcellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it.If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the empty spaceand helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit. 4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’schecks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you.Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Track 3-1-OL-7 Track 3-1-OL-8Travel TodayGoing solo is the way to go!By D. ToorHow do you usually travel? Do you go with a close friend or a group of friends? Do you join a tour group? Do you travel with your family? Have you ever imagined "going solo"? In the mid 1990s, it was estimated that 9 million Americans were planning a summer vacation alone. Since then, the number of solo travelers has increased.You may think that traveling alone would be scary or boring. Well, according to people who do it, that's not exactly true. Solo travelers often have positive experiences: they make new friends, get to know themselves better, and can make their own schedules.There are many different things you can do on a vacation alone. Some solo travelers use the timeto learn or practice a sport such as golf, mountain climbing, or scuba diving. Others go and stay on a ranch and learn how to ride a horse. You can pretend to be a cowboy or a cowgirl for a day!You may not believe this, but some travelers like to study on their vacation. They even go to "vacation college" at a university or join a research team as a volunteer worker. It's hard but satisfying work. You can "play scientist" for a week or two while you help someone with their project.For solo travelers of different ages and genders, there are many travel options, There are tours for women only and for people over the age of 60. And, of course, there are trips for singles who are looking for romance. One company offers trips that focus on fine dining----there is time for sightseeing during the day and for sharing a delicious meal with new friends at night.The next time you take a trip somewhere, why don't you consider going solo?Bon voyage!Global ViewpointsP13 ADave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requested a vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to my roommate, and I water my plant.Julianna: The funniest story of m}'r traveling experience was w hen I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my second trip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't really know the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter and just flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let's go there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis: I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendants was serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head, who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh--City LivingMexico----here we come!Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized around here. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it! Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someone forgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----here we come!Track 3-1-OL-9Sun-hee, Claudia, and Tara are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 4, Lesson ATrack 3-4-1 Track 3-4-2(F): Well, Jim, our next story is a strange one, isn't it?(M): Yes, Irene, it sure is. It surprised everyone. Almost 200 people on a two-week holiday trip to Saint Martin became sick. They're calling it the "holiday cruise disease." It sounds scary. What caused it? The doctors aren't exactly sure, but they know it was something in the food thepassengers ate. OK, give us the details. All right, here's the story: On Friday night, the ship departed around 10 p.m. with 300 passengers on board. By Sunday morning, some people reported feeling lightheaded. They stayed in bed. By that afternoon, more than half of the passengers had severe indigestion. Some of them got very sick. We spoke to one woman about her experience. Everyone was complaining. My stomach hurt so much I couldn't eat anything. It was really terrible! What's the situation now? Well, the ship had to return home on Monday---- after only two and a half days at sea---- and most of the passengers went straight to the hospital then.F: How are they doing now?M: They're exhausted---- many haven't slept for 48 hours---- but they're doing fine.F: That's good news. It's too bad they couldn't enjoy their vacation.M: Yes, it is. And that’s the next problem. The passengers are asking for their money back, but the company doesn't want to refund the full amount.F: What's going to happen then?M: Nobody knows. I'II keep following the story, though, and I'II have more details for you tomorrow.Track 3-4-3Chad: Hi, Doctor Park.Doctor: Hi, Chad. How are you today?Chad: Not so great.Doctor: What seems to be the problem?Chad: Well, I have a rash on my arm. I can't stop scratching it.Doctor: Is there anything else?Chad: Yes. I have a slight fever.Doctor: I see. Have you been in the woods recently?Chad: Let's see…I went hiking last week.Doctor: Maybe an insect bit you. Please sit up here. Let's take your temperature.Track 3-4-41. When I was younger and I had a sore throat my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it works.2. I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works.Track 3-4-OL-1 Track 3-4-OL-2M: Are you finished packing?B: Almost. I just have to check my tent one last time, I don’t want to forget any of the pieces.M: Is that your first aid kit?B: Yep.M: Well, I see bandages and some aspirin, where’s everything else?B: Like what?M: Well, your toothbrush and toothpaste for example.B: Huh…I’ll put it in, don’t worry.M: And where is your allergy medicine? You’ll need your nasal spray and some lozenges, just in case.B: OKM: Are you going to pack any lotion? You know, you might touch some poison or something…B: Mom! It’s only an overnight camping trip.M: OK. All right then. Oh, what about mouthwash? After you brush you teeth, you’re going to want to…B: Mom! I’m not preparing for a date! I’m going on a camping trip, an overnight camping trip! I think I can live without mouthwash for 24 hours!M: All right then. I was just trying to be helpful. I’m sure you’ll have a great time.Track 3-4-OL-3A: What’s wrong?B: I feel exhausted. I didn’t sleep well last night.A: Do you have a cold?B: No, I’m fine. It’s Fred, he has the flu.A: I’m sorry to hear that.B: Yeah, it’s pretty bad. He can’t stop coughing. It keeps me awake at night.Track 3-4-OL-4I stopped drinking coffee because I couldn’t sleep at night. It was had to break that habit, but now I sleep very well, and I don’t wake up in the middle of the night. If you want to stop drinking coffee, here’s some advice for you. Don’t stop drinking coffee suddenly. You might get a headache. Reduce the amount of coffee slowly. Drink juice or herbal tea instead. If you usually have coffee in the morning, go for a walk or do exercises instead. That will wake you up. And go to bed early!A lot of people drink coffee just because the feel tired.Track 3-4-OL-5 Track 3-4-OL-6Get in the habitWe all know that good habits bring in good health. But we don’t realize how much difference they can make. In the 1970s, scientists at the University of California, LA interviews seven thousand people about their health habits. Then they follow these people to see how long they lived. The scientist discovered that seven habits were closely linked with a longer life. These habits are:1. Eating breakfast everyday. 2. Avoiding snacks between meals.3. Keeping an ideal weight, not too heavy or too thin.4. Exercising regularly. 5. Sleeping 7 to 8 hours per night, not more or less.6. Not smoking.7. Drink two or fewer alcoholic drinks per day. The researchers found that these habits had a powerful effect on health. People in the study who had three or fewer of these habits lived another 21.6 years. People who had six or seven could expect to live another 33 years. People age 55 to 64 with all seven good habits were as healthy as younger people age 25 to 34 who practiced only one or two of the habits. But how do you change your habits? A slow approach is the best way. Make one small change every week and be patient, it takes about 21 days to form a new habit.Track 3-4-OL-7 Track 3-4-OL-8Surprising syndromes of modem lifeR4argaret's friend is taking a new job in a faraway city. She wants to hold a farewell dinner party at her home. But she can't. Margaret suffers from CHAOS (Can't Have Anyone Over Syndrome). Her apartment is messy and she's embarrassed by it. "I've never been a tidy person," she says. "My best friend gave me some good advice. He told me to get a maid." Today it's so easy to get information--and lots of it. We receive telephone calls all day long. People expect a quick response to their faxes, text messages, and e-mail messages. I;or some people, it's too much. They have information fatigue syndrome. There is so much information, they become paralyzed and can't think clearly "I can't sleep at night because I worry," says Bahman, a college senior. "It'sterrible." Hurry sickness is a straightforward name for another syndrome of modern life. "I'm always rushing. Get headaches a lot. Taking aspirin seems to help," says Mari, a mother of two and a part-time company employee. Do you engage in "deskfast" (eating breakfast at your desk at work) more than once a week? Then you, too, may suffer from hurry sickness! We've all complained about having too much work to do. Well, now about not having enough work? Underload syndrome is caused by having little or nothing to do at the office. You have to pretend that you're working. Steven works as a project manager. "I can finish my work in about four hours, but I'm afraid to say anything about it. I don't want to be assigned too much work!" In severe cases, people with this syndrome can get very bored and even became depressed. Chances are you're experienced phone neck before. Another name for it would be "pain in the neck," because that's what people with this condition experience. Holding the phone between your neck and your ear for a long time causes phone neck. A good long message is the suggested treatment for this syndrome.Unit 4, Lesson BGlobal ViewpointsP65 AAlejandra: Unfortunately, I get colds a couple of times a year. When I get a cold, I feel very weak and I've got headaches, my throat aches, and I just don't want to get out of bed. So I stay home. I take medicines and try to drink a lot of liquids.Gian: When I get sick----and I mean really sick---- the first thing I do is run to the machine cabinet and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I'm not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I'm really OK, and it's just a matter of time. Malinda: When I xx-as younger and I had a sore throat, my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it worked.Dave: I have an aunt in Mexico that believes that toothpaste can cure everything. Toothpaste can cure burns---bee stings---uh-- bites-- it's... amazing. "I got a bee sting---- ah, put toothpasteon it." "I got burnt---- ah, put toothpaste on it." "I have cancer---- ah, put toothpaste on it." Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Catherine: My father's been recently very interested in acupuncture. He's been having a lot of headaches and backaches so he's been studying up on acupuncture and he realized that if he puts a needle right here for his headache and a needle right here for his back it eases his pain. I think it works for him. For me I'm a little skeptical but I think if you really believe in it, it works.City LivingIt must be a miracle!Tara: (opening the door to find Takeshi and Mike) Hi--hi.Takeshi: Hi.Tara: Thank goodness you're here! This morning she almost fainted, then she felt very tired, and now she says she feels very lightheaded. I don't know hat to do.Takeshi: Has she seen a doctor?Tara: She won't go. She says just needs to get some rest.Mike: Did anything happen?Tara: Nothing out of the ordinary. The worst thing is, she has this big meeting with the president of the university tonight. She's been pretty anxious about it.Takeshi: OK. Let's take a look.Tara: Sun-hee, Mike and Takeshi are hereTakeshi: Hi.Sun-hee: (wakes up) Hey.Takeshi: How are you feeling?Sun-hee: Very tired--and I feel dizzy--and my stomach is killing me"' (sighs) I think I might even have a fever. Oh--why do I have that meeting with the president tonight? I can't stop thinking about it...Mike: Eat something, you'll feel better.Sun-hee :Are you kidding? I can't eat. I'm not hungry.Takeshi: Maybe you should go for a walk-- you know, get some fresh air--Sun-hee :No, I just need to rest.Tara: (phone rings) Hello? Yes ... no, this is her roommate, Tara. What? OK--I'll let her know. Thanks. (to Sun-hee) That was the president's secretary,Sun-hee :What did she say?Tara: She told me to tell you that tonight's meeting has been canceled.Sun-hee: Oh, thank goodness. Uh--Mike, can you hand me that orange juice?Tara: (to Takeshi) I don't know maybe we should call a doctor.Takeshi: (to Tara as Sun-hee starts eating and drinking) Yeah, maybe we should.Sun-hee: What's the matter? Haven't you ever seen anyone eating before?Tara: (to Sun-hee) I take it you're feeling better?Sun-hee: I am feeling pretty good. It must be a miracle, or something.Tara: (to Takeshi) Or a lucky phone call.Track 3-4-OL-9Sun-hee doesn’t feel well, so Tara asks Takeshi and Mike to come over. When they arrive, Takeshi asks Sun-hee how she is feeling. Sun-hee says she’s very tired, a little dizzy, and that she might even have a fever. Tara then explains that Sun-hee has also been very anxious about a meeting with the president of her university. Mike tells Sun-hee to eat something, but she says.” I can’t eat. I’m not hungry.” Then the phone rings. It’s the president’s secretary. She tells Tara to tell Sun-hee that tonight’s meeting has been canceled. When Sun-hee gets the news, she starts to feel much better and says,” it must be a miracle or something.” But her friends know it’s not a miracle. She was just really nervous about the meeting!Unit 7.Lesson ATrack 3-7-1 Track 3-7-2Conversation 1Host: Hello, Spencer. How are you?Spencer: Fine, thank you. I'm excited to be here.Host: Great! I see a photo in your hand. What is it?Spencer: Well, it's a picture of something that's famous worldwide.Host: Wow! Look at that! Is it yours?Spencer: It certainly is. I didn't buy it, though. My father gave it to me.Host: How did your father get it?Spencer: He carried it in the 1984 0ly-mpics. Ile was one of the runners. After the Olympicsfinished, he bought the torch and gave it to me.Host: You must be athletic, too, right?Spencer: No, not at all. I'm terrible at sports.Host: Well, what was your father's event?Spencer: He ran the 800 meters. He won his first race, but lost the second one.Host: Fascinating ... Well, your father wasn't only a strong athlete ---- he was also a good collector. Do you have any idea how much the torch is worth?Spencer: Not at all,Host: It's a good item to have. It's probably worth several thousand dollars.Spencer: Wow!Host: What are you going to do with it?Spencer: For now. I'm going to keep it. Someday I'II give it to a museum.Conversation 2Host: Hi, Greta, it's nice to see you've brought us a fun object.Greta: Yeah. I really like it.Host: Did you play with it when you were a kid?Greta: A little, but not so much. My brother played with it all the time. I played with my teddy bear collection.Host: Do you know anything about this toy?Greta: I did some research. I know it was make in Germany by the Lehmann Company. I'm not sure of the date.Host: OK-- anything else?Greta: That's about it.Host: Well, let me tell you a little bit about the Lehmann Company. Their toys were very popular in the first half of the twentieth century. They're still making toys today,Greta: I didn't know that.Host: How much did you pay for this toy?Greta: Nothing. A neighbor gave it to us before he moved away.Host: Oh, that's good news because unfortunately, this toy is not a Lehmann toyGreta: It's not?Host : Nope. I'm sorry, but it's a fake.Greta: You're kidding!Host: No, I'm not. Look at the bottom of the toy. A Lehmann toy will have the letter "e" marked on it. Yours doesn't have that.Greta: Oh, how disappointing!Host: Well, it's still in good condition.Greta: Yes, that s true. It may not be worth anything, but I'II always keep it for my children. Track 3-7-3Olivia: Where are you rushing off to?Roshan: I've got cricket practice. It starts at 5:()().Olivia: Cricket?Roshan: Are you familiar with it? It's really popular in my country.Olivia: Is it a sport?Roshan: Yes. It's played with a ball and bat. There are 11 players on each team.。

新世纪大学英语视听说3(第三版)听力原文

新世纪大学英语视听说3(第三版)听力原文

视听说3 unit1—unit6Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1 Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plants while I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3;3-1-4;3-1-5W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-6Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-7S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-8;3-1-9Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras andcellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it.If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the empty spaceand helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit. 4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’schecks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you.Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Unit 1 Lesson BVideo track 3-1-1Dave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requested a vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to my roommate, and I water my plant.Video track 3-1-2Julianna: The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my second trip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't really know the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter and just flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let's go there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis: I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendants was serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head, who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—video track 3-1-3Dennis: I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendants was serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head, who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—City Living Mexico----here we come!Video track 3-1-4Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized around here. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it! Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someone forgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----here we come!Track 3-1-18Sun-hee, Tara, and Claudia are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 2, Lesson ATrack 3-2-2;3-2-3Jenna: OK, I think we have two choices. The first place is a little house. It's located in a fruit orchard.Carson: Really?Jenna: Yeah. And you can eat as much fruit as you want. When it's in season, of course. Oh---but wait. It says there’s no air conditioner.Carson: That's OK. It's on the rainy side of the island. It's cooler there. We can use a fan. Jenna: You're probably right…Say. It looks pretty basic. No washing machine or dryer… not evena TV!Carson: Oh no! What are we going to do without a TV? That's terrible!Jenna: Very funny. I'm just letting you know about the place.Carson: I know. What's our second choice?Jenna: It's on the opposite side----the sunny side----of the island. Very fancy place with a big swimming pool. It s only three blocks from the ocean.Carson: Who needs a swimming pool? I mean, it's only three blocks.Jenna: I see your point. VVell, the pool area also has barbecue grills, beautiful gardens'- Carson: You like the second place better. I can tell..Jenna: Well, it does have everything. Washing machine, dryer, TV, VCR, frying pan'*' Carson: All we need is a toothbrush and a swimsuit-- Let's go with the second choice.Jenna: OK. I'II call them right now and reserve it. I can t wait to go!Audio track 3-2-4; 3-2-5Ashley: Excuse me. I’m trying to get to the City Zoo.Jose : oh, let me think…ok, um, how are you getting there?Ashley: I want to drive, if it’s convenient.Jose: well, the directions are easy. See that road over there?Ashley: yes.Jose: that’s Second Avenue. Just go straight down second and turn left at the traffic light. Ashley: ok.Jose: you’ll be on Church Avenue and it goes straight to the zoo.Ashley: oh, so it’s not too far.Jose: no, but the traffic is usually heavy. And I don’t think the zoo has many parking spaces available for cars.Ashley: hmm…Jose: maybe you should take the subway.Ashley: where do I catch it ?Jose: there’s a sbuway entrance right in front of the park. Take the red line three stops. Cet off at the City Zoo stop. It’s pretty obvious.Ashley: thanks a lot.Jose: no problemAshley: oh, wait. Noe more thing. How much does the sbuway cost?Jose: two dollars.Audio track 3-2-6Realtor: Hello, Mrs Wills. I think this house is perfect for you. I hope you like it.Mrs. Wills: it’s nice and roomy.Realtor: Yes, there’s a lot of room. It’s a four-bedroom house.Mrs. Wills: Great. I need a room for my home office beacause I work at home a lot. And I need two rooms for my kid.Realtor: And there’s also a big yard.Mrs. Wills: Great! I’d love to have a garden. My kids can play there.Realtor: Shall we go outside and have a look?Mrs. Wills: OK.Audio track 3-2-7There are seceral ways to improve life in my city. Our biggest problem is transportation. We really need more ways to get around. I’d like to ride my bicycle to work, but there is too much traffic on the streets. We need safer places for bicyclingand walking. Another problem is the parks. We have some nice parks, but we don’t take good care of them and they are often dirty. We need cleaner parks, where children can play and adults can relax. One more problem is nightlife. There’s nothing to do in the evening! We should build a big theater for plays and concerts.Audio track 3-2-8Take back your streetTwo neighbors meet on a city sidewalk. They talk about planting more flowers along their street, or asking the city council to add bike lanes to a busy road. In small but important ways, these people are changing the face of their cities.All around the world, people are speaking up and working hard to make their cities safer and more pleasant for pedestrians. Cities have painted crosswalks on their streets, made streets narrower, put in traffic lights and speed bumps, and made plans to help more kids walk or bike to school.Many people have learned from a man from Brisbane, Australia, named David Engwicht. His book Reclaiming Our Cities and Towns has a simple message. He says that in the past, streetsbelonged to everybody. Kids played there, and neighbors stopped there to talk.But now, streets are just for cars and trucks. People stay inside to get away from the noise and dangerous traffic, and we lose contact with our neighbors. Engwicht says that we should use streets for more than just transportation. People need to take back their streets.Engwicht travels around the world, helping people think differently about pedestrians, streets, and neighborhoods. Besides his books and articles, he gives many speeches. He has worked in neighborhoods from Honolulu to Scotland.While Engwicht was writing his book, he learned about how neighbors in the city Delft, in the Netherlands, stopped dangerous traffic on their street. They put old couches, tables, and planters in the streets. Cars could still pass, but they had to drive slowly. When the police arrived, they saw the value of these illegal actions to make the streets safer. Soon city officials started planning ways to make cars slow down, and “calm” the traffic.Engwicht says we should think about streeets as our “outdoor living room.” Calming the traffic is just the beginning. In the future, streets will be safe places for childre again, and our neighbors will become our friends.Unit2, Lesson BVideo track 3-2-1Jennifer: I want my dream house to be by a lake with a big yard. Iwant to have three bedrooms, and a big living room…family room…kitchen area so I can have parties and everyone can be together.Calum: I'd like to have a big swimming pool and a large garden so I could eat outside.Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove. VIartin: Of course a 52-inch plasma TV vould be nice.Alejandra: I woulcl love to have a veranda…a wide veranda…where I can sit during the evenings and read books and xxratch the sun set.Video track 3-2-2Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove.Video track 3-2-3Gian : At my work I'm not allowed to smoke. Anyone who smokes needs to go outside.Martin: I work for the phone company and we're not allowed to give out personal information about our customers.Jennifer: We are not allowed to use our cell phones and we can't eat at our desks.Dennis: In my house you can't smoke. And…um…as much as possible. You h ave to take your shoes off at the door.Nick: I'm not allowed to make noise at night w hen my roommates are sleeping.Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allow ed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…Video track 3-2-4Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allow ed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…City Living Imaginary BeachTakeshi: I can't believe how hot it is out there. Why didn't we go to Hawaii with everyone else? Mike: Because we didn't have the money.Takeshi: Well, why didn t we get an air conditioner'lMike: Hello? Same reason. And quit complaining! We're got air conditioning.Takeshi: Mike, that's a bowl of ice and a fan.Mike: Takeshi, you've got to be more like me and use >rour imagination, then you too can have a beach vacation. See? (pulls down window shade with beach poster) Check our that gorgeous view. Takeshi: Right, but not exactly "realistic."Mike: OK, come over here. Close your eyes. Feel that cool, ocean breeze.Takeshi: Mike, that's the fridge.Mike: Come on! I said, "Use your imagination!" Now close your eyes. Listen to the sound of the sea gulls…(makes sound like a seagull) hear the children laughing… (makes sound like children laughing) Why, I think I can even smell a barbeque…(waves a package of hot dogs)Takeshi: Raw hot dogs?Mike: Don't worry. I'm going to cook them up on that grill over there.Takeshi: Mike, you know you're not allowed to use a grill inside an apartment, right?Mike: OK. I'II use the microwave then.Takeshi: A beach, with a microwave. Sure, Mike.Mike: That's the beauty of "Imaginary Beach." We'x-e got a microwave oven, we'xe got a TV with a remote control. Who could ask for anything more?Takeshi: What about water? That's the main reason people go to the beach. What are you going to use for that? The bathtub?Mike: No, that'd be silly. Here we go! (turns on CD player) Feel the ocean mist-- (sprays water on Takeshi)Takeshi: :Mike, that's for spraying plants, not me!Mike: You know, the sound of the waves, the ocean mist-- makes me want to surf.Takeshi : Surf?Mike: Yeah, surf. (starts to fold up ironing board)Takeshi: Mike, no. you can t stand on that, you'II break it!Mike: No, I Won't. (stands on ironing board and pretends to surf) Look at me, dude---- I'm "hangin' ten"!Takeshi: Yeah, cool. (takes cap off water bottle) Hey, "dude"! Watch out for that wave! (throws water in Mike's face) Huh, I'm getting the hang of this "imagination" thing.Mike : Very funny, very funny indeed! (chases Takeshi)Unit 3, Lesson AAudio Track 3-3-1 ; 3-3-2Lee: Hi, Ellie.Ellie: Hi, Lee. How are you?Lee: Good. Hey there. Brandon. He's so cute. And you're such a good mother.Ellie: Thanks. Everyone says. "It's not always easy with your first child." You know, I agree with them.Lee: How old is he now?Ellie: He just turned two a month ago.Lee: Oh, no… The "terrible twos." Right?Ellie: Yep. It s so exhausting… for both of us!Lee: Does he throw things around? And cry a lot more?Ellie: Yes, exactly. Sometimes he hits me. I don't know. He was so well-behaved before. Lee: It happens to most babies. They turn two and their personality changes.Ellie: It sounds like you have some experience with "the terrible twos."Lee: I certainly do. My children are five and eleven now. but I still remember when they were y oung. Ellie: What can I do?Lee: Well, remember that it will pass… it won't last forever. Try to be patient.Audio track 3-3-3; 3-3-4Audio track 3-3-5Audio track 3-3-6Audio track 3-3-7; 3-3-8Unit 3 lesson BVideo track 3-3-1Kevin: When I was a child my family and I moved to a new town where I had to make new friends and assimilate to a new environment.Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight---- that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getti ng accustomed to being here and…um…but within three, fouryears I had learned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Alejandra: When I was a teenager I went to this-- um"' camp in Brazil. At the camp there were thirty-three people from different countries. And this was a turning point in my lifebecause it helped me learn about different cultures anci that has helped me in w hat Ido today and that is work as an international student advisor.Video track 3-3-2Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight—that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getting accustomed to being here and um…but within three, four years I had learned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Video track 3-3-3Dennis: I plan to retire in my old age, like about 70, maybe somewhere in Europe. But before that…like as early as mavbe about 50 years old, I'd like to put up my own restaurant and…um…see how that goes.Miyuki: I don't plan on getting married for a ver y long time, maybe 29…30? I can't even think about having kids yet.Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I'd like to see men at peace with each other.Vedio track3-3-4Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I'd like to see men at peace with each other.City living Go with the flowClaudia: So, when do you start your new job?Roberto: I'm not sure. I mav start as soon as next month.Claudia: Wow!Roberto: Yeah, it's going to be a lot of fun…. expert I'll have to learn how to use that new software program I told you about.Claudia: Don't worry. I'm a software expert, I'II help y'ou figure it out.Roberto: Thanks.Hey,what about your job? Your boss was transferred to the Asian office. Are you going to get promoted?Claudia: I might-- might not. It's not a big deal.Roberto: Huh?Claudia: I've been thinking lately,I don't plan on working my whole life. Someday, maybe in five years or so, I'm going to quit my job and get out of this stressful life. You know, relax.Have some fun!Roberto: Oh. What are you planning to do?Claudia: I'm definitely going to travel… I might even move to another country, maybe work as a Volunteer…I could even start a new career! Maybe one where I can hilp people…or help the world. What about you? What are your plans?Roberto: Well, I've pretty much got everything planned already, right up to my retirement. Claudia: Really?Roberto: Yep. I'm going to work hard and save as much money as possible until I'm about 30…31.then I'm going to become the Vice President of Finance, and then the CEO by the timeI'm 40…ma ybe 45.Claudia: Yeah?Roberto : Yep. And when I'm 35 or 36, I'm going to settle down, get married, and have some kids Claudia: Oh you are, are you? You know that for a fact?Roberto :Well, it's not a fact---- yet. But really, if you want to succeed, you need to have clear-cut, well-defined goals and aspirationsClaudia: I don't know, I think you should keep your options open. You know…"go with the flow." Robert: "Go with the flovv," eh? So you're not nervous about the promotion?Claudia: I didn't say that. It just won't be the end of the world if I don't get it. What about you? Are you nervous about the new job?Roberto : Not really. I'm just going to "go xvirh the flow," as long as the "floxv" follows my plan!Audio track 3-3-17Claudia and Roberto were talking about Roberto’s new job. Roberto was excited, but he was a bit nervous about learning a new software program. Claudia told him not to worry and promised to help him learn it. Then Roberto asked Claudia if she might get promoted soon because her boss had been transferred to a different office. Claudia said that getting promoted was not a big deal. She explained that her goal was to quit her job someday and relax. Roberto, however, said his life was planned already, almost right up to retirement. He thought it was important to have well-defined goals, but Claudia said to Roberto should keep his options open, and “go with the flow.” Roberto agreed, but only if the “flow” followed his plan!选择是难,更何况是心灵选择。

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1 Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plants while I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen. Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3Esther: We have to leave in thirty minutes. Have you finished packing?Mina: Yes, I have…Esther: You look worried. What's wrong?Mina: I can't remember u here I put my passport.Esther: Oh, no!Mina: It's here somewhere.Esther: When did you last have it?Mina: About ten minutes ago. Let me think…Oh, there it is. I put it on the dresser. Esther: What a relief!Track 3-1-41. The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.2.1 have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was----there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of m}'f flight. attendants was serving…I think…she was serving food…and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance…and her hand landed on the guy’s head, who had a toupee.When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh…Track 3-1-OL-1 Track 3-1-OL-2W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment. W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-OL-3Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-OL-4S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-OL-5 Track 3-1-OL-6Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras and cellphones.Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it. If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the emptyspace and helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit.4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’s checks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you. Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Track 3-1-OL-7 Track 3-1-OL-8Travel TodayGoing solo is the way to go!By D. ToorHow do you usually travel? Do you go with a close friend or a group of friends? Do you join a tour group? Do you travel with your family? Have you ever imagined "going solo"? In the mid 1990s, it was estimated that 9 million Americans were planning a summer vacation alone. Since then, the number of solo travelers has increased.You may think that traveling alone would be scary or boring. Well, according to people who do it, that's not exactly true. Solo travelers often have positive experiences: they make new friends, get to know themselves better, and can make their own schedules.There are many different things you can do on a vacation alone. Some solo travelers use the time to learn or practice a sport such as golf, mountain climbing, or scuba diving. Others go and stayon a ranch and learn how to ride a horse. You can pretend to be a cowboy or a cowgirl for a day! You may not believe this, but some travelers like to study on their vacation. They even go to "vacation college" at a university or join a research team as a volunteer worker. It's hard but satisfying work. You can "play scientist" for a week or two while you help someone with their project.For solo travelers of different ages and genders, there are many travel options, There are tours for women only and for people over the age of 60. And, of course, there are trips for singles who are looking for romance. One company offers trips that focus on fine dining----there is time for sightseeing during the day and for sharing a delicious meal with new friends at night. The next time you take a trip somewhere, why don't you consider going solo?Bon voyage!Global ViewpointsP13 ADave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requested a vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to my roommate, and I water my plant.Julianna: The funniest story of m}'r traveling experience was w hen I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out. Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my second trip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't really know the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter and just flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let's go there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis: I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendants was serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head, who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh--City LivingMexico----here we come!Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized around here. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it!Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someone forgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----here we come!Track 3-1-OL-9Sun-hee, Claudia, and Tara are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 4, Lesson ATrack 3-4-1 Track 3-4-2(F): Well, Jim, our next story is a strange one, isn't it?(M): Yes, Irene, it sure is. It surprised everyone. Almost 200 people on a two-week holiday trip to Saint Martin became sick. They're calling it the "holiday cruise disease." It sounds scary. What caused it? The doctors aren't exactly sure, but they know it was something in the food thepassengers ate. OK, give us the details. All right, here's the story: On Friday night, the ship departed around 10 p.m. with 300 passengers on board. By Sunday morning, some people reported feeling lightheaded. They stayed in bed. By that afternoon, more than half of the passengers had severe indigestion. Some of them got very sick. We spoke to one woman about her experience. Everyone was complaining. My stomach hurt so much I couldn't eat anything. It was really terrible! What's the situation now? Well, the ship had to return home on Monday---- after only two and a half days at sea---- and most of the passengers went straight to the hospital then.F: How are they doing now?M: They're exhausted---- many haven't slept for 48 hours---- but they're doing fine.F: That's good news. It's too bad they couldn't enjoy their vacation.M: Yes, it is. And that’s the next problem. The passengers are asking for their money back, but the company doesn't want to refund the full amount.F: What's going to happen then?M: Nobody knows. I'II keep following the story, though, and I'II have more details for you tomorrow. Track 3-4-3Chad: Hi, Doctor Park.Doctor: Hi, Chad. How are you today?Chad: Not so great.Doctor: What seems to be the problem?Chad: Well, I have a rash on my arm. I can't stop scratching it.Doctor: Is there anything else?Chad: Yes. I have a slight fever.Doctor: I see. Have you been in the woods recently?Chad: Let's see…I went hiking last week.Doctor: Maybe an insect bit you. Please sit up here. Let's take your temperature.Track 3-4-41. When I was younger and I had a sore throat my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it works.2. I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Track 3-4-OL-1 Track 3-4-OL-2M: Are you finished packing?B: Almost. I just have to check my tent one last time, I don’t want to forget any of the pieces. M: Is that your first aid kit?B: Yep.M: Well, I see bandages and some aspirin, where’s everything else?B: Like what?M: Well, your toothbrush and toothpaste for example.B: Huh… I’ll put it in, don’t worry.M: And where is your allergy medicine? You’ll need your nasal spray and some lozenges, just in case.B: OKM: Are you going to pack any lotion? You know, you might touch some poison or something…B: Mom! It’s only an overnight camping trip.M: OK. All right then. Oh, what about mouthwash? After you brush you teeth, you’re going to wantto…B: Mom! I’m not preparing for a date! I’m going on a camping trip, an overnight camping trip!I think I can live without mouthwash for 24 hours!M: All right then. I was just trying to be helpful. I’m sure you’ll have a great time. Track 3-4-OL-3A: What’s wrong?B: I feel exhausted. I didn’t sleep well last night.A: Do you have a cold?B: No, I’m fine. It’s Fred, he has the flu.A: I’m sorry to hear that.B: Yeah, it’s pretty bad. He can’t stop coughing. It keeps me awake at night.Track 3-4-OL-4I stopped drinking coffee because I couldn’t sleep at night. It was had to break that habit, but now I sleep very well, and I don’t wake up in the middle of the night. If you want to stop drinking coffee, here’s some advice for you. Don’t stop drinking coffee suddenly. You might get a headache. Reduce the amount of coffee slowly. Drink juice or herbal tea instead. If you usually have coffee in the morning, go for a walk or do exercises instead. That will wake you up. And go to bed early! A lot of people drink coffee just because the feel tired.Track 3-4-OL-5 Track 3-4-OL-6Get in the habitWe all know that good habits bring in good health. But we don’t realize how much difference they can make. In the 1970s, scientists at the University of California, LA interviews seven thousand people about their health habits. Then they follow these people to see how long they lived. The scientist discovered that seven habits were closely linked with a longer life. These habits are:1. Eating breakfast everyday. 2. Avoiding snacks between meals.3. Keeping an ideal weight, not too heavy or too thin.4. Exercising regularly. 5. Sleeping 7 to 8 hours per night, not more or less.6. Not smoking.7. Drink two or fewer alcoholic drinks per day. The researchers found that these habits had a powerful effect on health. People in the study who had three or fewer of these habits lived another 21.6 years. People who had six or seven could expect to live another 33 years. People age 55 to 64 with all seven good habits were as healthy as younger people age 25 to 34 who practiced only one or two of the habits. But how do you change your habits? A slow approach is the best way. Make one small change every week and be patient, it takes about 21 days to form a new habit.Track 3-4-OL-7 Track 3-4-OL-8Surprising syndromes of modem lifeR4argaret's friend is taking a new job in a faraway city. She wants to hold a farewell dinner party at her home. But she can't. Margaret suffers from CHAOS (Can't Have Anyone Over Syndrome). Her apartment is messy and she's embarrassed by it. "I've never been a tidy person," she says. "My best friend gave me some good advice. He told me to get a maid." Today it's so easy to get information--and lots of it. We receive telephone calls all day long. People expect a quick response to their faxes, text messages, and e-mail messages. I;or some people, it's too much. They have information fatigue syndrome. There is so much information, they become paralyzed and can't think clearly "I can't sleep at night because I worry," says Bahman, a college senior. "It's terrible." Hurry sickness is a straightforward name for another syndrome of modern life. "I'malways rushing. Get headaches a lot. Taking aspirin seems to help," says Mari, a mother of two and a part-time company employee. Do you engage in "deskfast" (eating breakfast at your desk at work) more than once a week? Then you, too, may suffer from hurry sickness! We've all complained about having too much work to do. Well, now about not having enough work?Underload syndrome is caused by having little or nothing to do at the office. You have to pretend that you're working. Steven works as a project manager. "I can finish my work in about four hours, but I'm afraid to say anything about it. I don't want to be assigned too much work!" In severe cases, people with this syndrome can get very bored and even became depressed. Chances are you're experienced phone neck before. Another name for it would be "pain in the neck," because that's what people with this condition experience. Holding the phone between your neck and your ear for a long time causes phone neck. A good long message is the suggested treatment for this syndrome. Unit 4, Lesson BGlobal ViewpointsP65 AAlejandra: Unfortunately, I get colds a couple of times a year. When I get a cold, I feel very weak and I've got headaches, my throat aches, and I just don't want to get out of bed. So I stay home. I take medicines and try to drink a lot of liquids.Gian: When I get sick----and I mean really sick---- the first thing I do is run to the machine cabinet and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I'm not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I'm really OK, and it's just a matter of time.Malinda: When I xx-as younger and I had a sore throat, my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it worked.Dave: I have an aunt in Mexico that believes that toothpaste can cure everything. Toothpaste can cure burns---bee stings---uh-- bites-- it's... amazing. "I got a bee sting---- ah, put toothpasteon it." "I got burnt---- ah, put toothpaste on it." "I have cancer---- ah, put toothpaste on it." Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Catherine: My father's been recently very interested in acupuncture. He's been having a lot of headaches and backaches so he's been studying up on acupuncture and he realized that if he puts a needle right here for his headache and a needle right here for his back it eases his pain. I think it works for him. For me I'm a little skeptical but I think if you really believe in it, it works.City LivingIt must be a miracle!Tara: (opening the door to find Takeshi and Mike) Hi--hi.Takeshi: Hi.Tara: Thank goodness you're here! This morning she almost fainted, then she felt very tired, and now she says she feels very lightheaded. I don't know hat to do.Takeshi: Has she seen a doctor?Tara: She won't go. She says just needs to get some rest.Mike: Did anything happen?Tara: Nothing out of the ordinary. The worst thing is, she has this big meeting with the president of the university tonight. She's been pretty anxious about it.Takeshi: OK. Let's take a look.Tara: Sun-hee, Mike and Takeshi are hereTakeshi: Hi.Sun-hee: (wakes up) Hey.Takeshi: How are you feeling?Sun-hee: Very tired--and I feel dizzy--and my stomach is killing me"' (sighs) I think I might even have a fever. Oh--why do I have that meeting with the president tonight? I can't stop thinking about it...Mike: Eat something, you'll feel better.Sun-hee :Are you kidding? I can't eat. I'm not hungry.Takeshi: Maybe you should go for a walk-- you know, get some fresh air--Sun-hee :No, I just need to rest.Tara: (phone rings) Hello? Yes ... no, this is her roommate, Tara. What? OK--I'll let her know. Thanks. (to Sun-hee) That was the president's secretary,Sun-hee :What did she say?Tara: She told me to tell you that tonight's meeting has been canceled.Sun-hee: Oh, thank goodness. Uh--Mike, can you hand me that orange juice?Tara: (to Takeshi) I don't know maybe we should call a doctor.Takeshi: (to Tara as Sun-hee starts eating and drinking) Yeah, maybe we should.Sun-hee: What's the matter? Haven't you ever seen anyone eating before?Tara: (to Sun-hee) I take it you're feeling better?Sun-hee: I am feeling pretty good. It must be a miracle, or something.Tara: (to Takeshi) Or a lucky phone call.Track 3-4-OL-9Sun-hee doesn’t feel well, so Tara asks Takeshi and Mike to come over. When they arrive, Takeshi asks Sun-hee how she is feeling. Sun-hee says she’s very tired, a little dizzy, and that she might even have a fever. Tara then explains that Sun-hee has also been very anxious about a meeting with the president of her university. Mike tells Sun-hee to eat something, but she says.” I can’t eat. I’m not hungry.” Then the phone rings. It’s the president’s secretary. She tells Tara to tell Sun-hee that tonight’s meeting has been canceled. When Sun-hee gets the news, she starts to feel much better and says,” it must be a miracle or something.” But her friends know it’s not a miracle. She was just really nervous about the meeting!Track 3-5-4D. Listen to two people talking about their plans after graduation. Pay attention to the expressions they use. Then talk about your own plans after graduation.1. After I finished my Ph.D., I would like to go back to Senegal and start my own business in agriculture.2. After graduation I plan to find a good job. I also plan to start a famil}f and buy a house. Track 3-5-OL-1 Track 3-5-OL-2W: And finally today, we have a report about graduating seniors, Jason Kim standing by. Jason, are you there?J: Hi, Lucy.W: The natural Times newspaper asked college seniors “what are you going to do after you graduate? ”J: That’s right. Lucy. The students gave them surprising answers too.W: For example?J: Well, more than 50% of the students say they aren’t going to start a new job right away. W: Well, what are their future plans?J: Let’s ask some of them. Excuse me?M: Yes?J: I’m Jason Kim from SCA TV. Your name please?M: Mesuki.J: And what are you studying in.M: Art.J: OK, Mizuki, what are you going to do after graduate?G: I don’t know. I’ll probably chill out for a while.J: Chill out?M: You know, relax.J: OK, Mizuki, thanks for your comments. Hello, I’m Jason Kim and we’re doing a live report. What’s your name and major?R: My name is Robert and I’m studying in law.J: What are you going to do after you graduate?R: I don’t know, maybe I’ll take a long trip.J: What about a job?R: Work? Maybe one of these days, but first I’d like to take a trip.J: Thank you Robert and good luck. Well, that’s all for now. this is been Jason Kim and my report on college seniors. Now back to you Lucy.Track 3-5-OL-31. Eduardo: Hi, I’m Eduardo. I got accepted to college recently. Since the school is just in my neighborhood, I’m going to live at home. I’ll not apply for a scholarship because it’s too hard to get it. I think I’ll be able to support myself by working part-time. In my view, money is very important though it’s not everything. So most probably I’ll study business, I hope I can make it big after my graduation.2.Jill: I’m Jill, I’m going to join a sorority, I want to make more friends of the same sex.I think that women should be united should always help each other. I’m going to volunteer work in my spare time to help those old-aged ladies in the community with their errands. I’m not going to a large university since I can’t afford it.3.Max and Sara: I’m Max and this is Sara. We love each other, we’re not going to live in student housing. We plan to live in a mid-sized apartment not far away from the university. We’re going to study together and work part-time.Track 3-5-OL-4I’m Mary and I’m twenty. I’m studying in life-long education at the university of Tokyo. I think it’s important for everyone to keep learning all their lives. That’s why I choose the major in life-long education. Personally I’m planning to further my education in an American university after graduation. So right now I’m taking an English class. I want to improve my English. I’m working part-time at a video store because I need to save money for my studies abroad. I have a boyfriend and he wants to go and study in the United States too. We have similar interests and personalities. I’m going to get married and live in a house by the ocean. Sooner or later。

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-OL-7 Track 3-1-OL-8Travel TodayGoing solo is the way to go!By D. ToorHow do you usually travel? Do you go with a close friend or a group of friends? Do you join a tour group? Do you travel with your family? Have you ever imagined "going solo"? In the mid 1990s, it was estimated that 9 million Americans were planning a summer vacation alone. Since then, the number of solo travelers has increased.You may think that traveling alone would be scary or boring. Well, according to people who do it, that's not exactly true. Solo travelers often have positive experiences: they make new friends, get to know themselves better, and can make their own schedules.There are many different things you can do on a vacation alone. Some solo travelers use the time to learn or practice a sport such as golf, mountain climbing, or scuba diving. Others go and stay on a ranch and learn how to ride a horse. You can pretend to be a cowboy or a cowgirl for a day!You may not believe this, but some travelers like to study on their vacation. They even go to "vacation college" at a university or join a research team as a volunteer worker. It's hard but satisfying work. You can "play scientist" for a week or two while you help someone with their project.For solo travelers of different ages and genders, there are many travel options, There are tours for women only and for people over the age of 60. And, of course, there are trips for singles who are looking for romance. One company offers trips that focus on fine dining----there is time for sightseeing during the day and for sharing a delicious meal with new friends at night.The next time you take a trip somewhere, why don't you consider going solo?Bon voyage!Global ViewpointsCity Livingwe come!Track 3-1-OL-9Sun-hee, Claudia, and Tara are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 4, Lesson ATrack 3-4-OL-5 Track 3-4-OL-6Get in the habitWe all know that good habits bring in good health. But we don’t realize how much difference they can make. In the 1970s, scientists at the University of California, LA interviews seven thousandpeople about their health habits. Then they follow these people to see how long they lived. The scientist discovered that seven habits were closely linked with a longer life. These habits are:1. Eating breakfast everyday. 2. Avoiding snacks between meals.3. Keeping an ideal weight, not too heavy or too thin.4. Exercising regularly. 5. Sleeping 7 to 8 hours per night, not more or less.6. Not smoking.7. Drink two or fewer alcoholic drinks per day. The researchers found that these habits had a powerful effect on health. People in the study who had three or fewer of these habits lived another 21.6 years. People who had six or seven could expect to live another 33 years. People age 55 to 64 with all seven good habits were as healthy as younger people age 25 to 34 who practiced only one or two of the habits. But how do you change your habits? A slow approach is the best way. Make one small change every week and be patient, it takes about 21 days to form a new habit.Track 3-4-OL-7 Track 3-4-OL-8Surprising syndromes of modem lifeR4argaret's friend is taking a new job in a faraway city. She wants to hold a farewell dinner party at her home. But she can't. Margaret suffers from CHAOS (Can't Have Anyone Over Syndrome). Her apartment is messy and she's embarrassed by it. "I've never been a tidy person," she says. "My best friend gave me some good advice. He told me to get a maid." Today it's so easy to get information--and lots of it. We receive telephone calls all day long. People expect a quick response to their faxes, text messages, and e-mail messages. I;or some people, it's too much. They have information fatigue syndrome. There is so much information, they become paralyzed and can't think clearly "I can't sleep at night because I worry," says Bahman, a college senior. "It's terrible." Hurry sickness is a straightforward name for another syndrome of modern life. "I'm always rushing. Get headaches a lot. Taking aspirin seems to help," says Mari, a mother of two and a part-time company employee. Do you engage in "deskfast" (eating breakfast at your desk at work) more than once a week? Then you, too, may suffer from hurry sickness! We've all complained about having too much work to do. Well, now about not having enough work? Underload syndrome is caused by having little or nothing to do at the office. You have to pretend that you're working. Steven works as a project manager. "I can finish my work in about four hours, but I'm afraid to say anything about it. I don't want to be assigned too much work!" In severe cases, people with this syndrome can get very bored and even became depressed. Chances are you're experienced phone neck before. Another name for it would be "pain in the neck," because that's what people with this condition experience. Holding the phone between your neck and your ear for a long time causes phone neck. A good long message is the suggested treatment for this syndrome.Unit 4, Lesson BGlobal ViewpointsTrack 3-5-OL-9Takeshi get a letter from the Columbia Graduate School. While Sun-hee and Mike wait him to come home, they talk about Takeshi’s plans for grad school. Takeshi applied to several graduate programs, but two schools have already rejected him! Mike says Takeshi is going to hit the road if he doesn’t get accepted. When Takeshi gets home, he explains that if he doesn’t get accepted, he’s going to travel for a while and then he’ll apply to graduate school again. He also says that if he is accepted, he’s going to become a film director. Takeshi finally opens the letter—and it’s goodnews! Takeshi is going to go to grad school at Colunbia!Unit 6, Lesson ATrack 3-6-OL-7 Track 3-6-OL-8How do you feel about cell phones?It can't be denied: there has been a cell phone boom in the last decade. Everywhere you go, people seem to be talking on the telephone. How do people feel about cell phones? Our on-the-street survey found some interesting answers.Sixty-nine percent of the people we asked think cell phones are convenient and save time. Nineteen percent use cell phones only when they have to. A small percentage----only three percent----think cell phones are unnecessary. Another three percent say they are addicted to their cell phones! There have been some problems associated with cell phones. Some cities have passed laws affecting ell phone use. For example, in some places, it is now illegal to drive and use your cell phone at the same time. A survey asked people about cell phones and laws. Here is how they answered.There should be laws about cell phone usage in classrooms, theaters, and restaurants. 57%while driving. 45%on public transportation. 34%One thing is sure about cell phones: everyone has an opinion about how and when they should be used! Listen to w hat these four people had to say:Phil: I'm Phil, I love talking on the phone. I keep my phone next to my bed. I even take it with me into the bathroom! My friends say that I am "cell phone crazy."Sherry: I'm Sherry, I live in the country. I\4y nearest neighbor is 25 miles away. My cell phone makes me feel safe. I can call someone in an emergency.Eric: I'm Eric, I think cell phones are unnecessary. Why do people use them so often, especially in public places? I think it's a form of noise pollution!Carmen: I'm Carmen, I'm very busy. Sometimes I have to cancel an appointment at the last minute.I use my cell phone to do that. It's good for business.Unit 6, Lesson BTrack 3-6-OL-9Roberto and Mike are in a restaurant. A woman is talking loudly on the cell phone. Roberto says,”I can’t stand cell phones.” Mike says he avoids taking calls in public unless it’s very important. But then Mike’s father calls to give Mike his new cell phone number. While they are talking, Mike’s mother calls on the other line. She starts to ask Mike to take a message for his dad, but Mike can’t stand taking messages, so he connects his mother and father. At that point, the same woman who was talking so loud on her phone earlier says to Mike,” Do you mind?” then she turns to her friend and says the same thing Roberto said,” I can’t stand cell phones—especially in public places.”。

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3原文-(unit3)

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3原文-(unit3)

Unit 3 Life Is All About ChangeListeningAudio Track 3-3-1/ Audio Track 3-3-2Lee: Hi, Ellie.Ellie: Hi, Lee. How are you?Lee: Good. Hey there, Brandon. He’s so cute. And you’re such a good mother.Ellie: Thanks. Everyone says, “It’s not always easy with your first child.” You know, I agree with them!Lee: How old is he now?Ellie: He just turned two a month ago.Lee: Oh, no. … “The terrible twos.” Right?Ellie: Yep. It’s so exhausting … for both of us!Lee: Does he throw things around? And cry a lot more?Ellie: Yes, exactly. Sometimes he hits me. I don’t know. He was so well-behaved before.Lee: It happens to most babies. They turn two and their personality changes.Ellie: It sounds like you have some experience with “the terrible twos.”Lee: I certainly do. My children are five and eleven now. But I still remember when they were young.Ellie: What can I do?Lee: Well, remember that it will pass. … It won’t last forever. Try to be patient.Audio Track 3-3-3/ Audio Track 3-3-4Mandy: My homework assignment is too hard.Mom: What is it?Mandy: I’m doing an oral report on an accomplished woman. I chose Sadako Ogata. I have to present it to the class tomorrow.Mom: Do you know the material?Mandy: I think so.Mom: OK, let’s practice. I’ll ask you some question s.Mandy: OK.Mom: All right then, just why is Sadako Ogata well known?Mandy: She worked for the United Nations as the High Commissioner on Refugees. She worked in that job for ten years and supervised 2,200 people.Mom: Hmmm … What are refugees? I don’t know that word.Mandy: Mom! Come on, you know that word!Mom: Honey, we’re practicing remember? You have to really know this material.Mandy: All right. Refugees are people who leave their countries to escape war or other problems. Mom: Is the refugee issue a big problem?Mandy: Yes. Worldwide there are now about 17 million refugees.Mom: Wow! Last question. Why did you choose Ms. Ogata for your report?Mandy: She’s an incredible woman. She moved to the United States and received a PhD from UCBerkeley. She also got married and had two children. She’s really intelligent and I respect her. Mom: I think you’re going to do a great job tomorrow. Good luck!Audio Track 3-3-5Next year, I’m going to study abroad. I want to study business economics. It will help me in my career. When I’m 23, I may come home to look for a job. Most probably in a bank or an accounting firm. After working for 4 to 5 years, I may have some savings to start a family. At the age of 30, I’d like to be a father. If everything goes smoothly,I’ll retire at the age of 50 and travel around the world.Audio Track 3-3-6Hi Jackie,I’m so excited about visiting you! Here are the details. My plane arrives on Friday at 2 p.m. When I get to the airport, I’ll take a taxi, so I’ll arrive at your house at about 3:00. That evening, Jeff and Carol are taking us out for dinner at a nice restaurant. I really want to spend Saturday at the beach. I’m bringing my swimsuit and beach clothes. I looked at the weather forecast on the Internet. The weather is going to be sunny and beautiful. I’ll see you soon!KaitlynAudio Track 3-3-7/ Audio Track 3-3-8Celebrating life changesIn Mexico and some other Latin American countries, girls mark their fifteenth birthday with a celebration called the Quinceanera. In the morning, the birthday girl goes to church with her family and her best friends. She wears a beautiful (and sometimes very expensive!) dress. Later in the day, there is a huge party, with a big cake that matches the girl’s dress, and a night filled with music and dancing.When older people in the United States retire, their friends and coworkers often give them a retirement party to celebrate this life change. On their last day of work, there is a big dinner, with entertainment afterward. People make speeches and tell jokes about the retiree. Guests like to give presents, such as an album of photos of the retiree’s coworkers, or a homemade video of the retiree’s friends.Becoming an adult is a very important life change, and Japan has a special holiday to celebrate this. The second Sunday in January is Coming-of-Age Day. On that day, everyone who had their twentieth birthday in the last year goes to their town’s City Hall for a special ceremony. Everyone dresses up, and many women wear beautiful kimonos. The mayor makes a speech and gives presents to all the new adults.Some kids are afraid to start school, but six-year-olds in Germany can’t wait. For them, Schulanfang is a big holiday. To celebrate a child’s first day of school, parents or friends give the child a Zuckertuete, a big colorful cardboard cone filled with candy and little presents. People take pictures of the kids holding their Zuckertuete, and there is a school party later for the parents, with cake and coffee.Audio Track 3-3-9Coping with life’s st ressorsLet’s face it: Life is stressful. Stressful events in our lives are called “stressors.” Some of them are minor, such as uncomfortable air conditioning or a loudly ringing telephone. Others are more serious, such as the death of a spouse. That event tops the list as life’s most stressful event.You might be surprised to learn about the top 20 life stressors. Getting a divorce, for example, is number 2 on the list. And not all stressors are unhappy events. Pregnancy is a happy time for most families. It may also cause stress. Pregnancy is right below retirement on the list of life’s major stressors. We can’t avoid stress, but we can do something about it. Listen to three people talking about their responses to stress in their lives.Tina Vega, 16Last year was horrible! My family moved to another town. I had to change schools and say good-bye to all my friends. It was really tough. I felt so lonely in my new school. But then one day I decided to enjoy my life: I smiled at everyone and I joined the soccer club at school. Now I have new friends. I like my new school.Frederick Cho, 42Life is unpredictable. Three weeks ago I lost my job. I was upset for the first week. I couldn’t do anything. Now I’m looking for a new job. It’s not good to sit around the h ouse. I exercise every day and I’m healthier than I’ve been in years.Hazel Greene, 80My husband and I got married in 1950. He died five years ago. For the first two years I was depressed. I missed him so much because we did everything together. But now I’m feeling better. I think it’s important to stay active and positive. I read a lot and do volunteer work.Audio Track 3-3-10Coping with life’s stressorsLet’s face it: Life is stressful. Stressful events in our lives are called “stressors.” Some of them are minor, such as uncomfortable air conditioning or a loudly ringing telephone. Others are more serious, such as the death of a spouse. That event tops the list as life’s most stressful event.You might be surprised to learn about the top 20 life stressors. Getting a divorce, for example, is number 2 on the list. And not all stressors are unhappy events. Pregnancy is a happy time for most families. It may also cause stress. Pregnancy is right below retirement on the list of life’s major stressors. We can’t avoid stress, but we can do something about it. Listen to three people talking about their responses to stress in their lives.Audio Track 3-3-11Tina Vega, 16Last year was horrible! My family moved to another town. I had to change schools and say good-bye to all my friends. It was really tough. I felt so lonely in my new school. But then one day I decided to enjoy my life: I smiled at everyone and I joined the soccer club at school. Now I have new friends. I like my new school.Frederick Cho, 42Life is unpredictable. Three weeks ago I lost my job. I was upset for the first week. I couldn’t do anything. Now I’m looking for a new job. It’s not good to sit around the house. I exercise every day and I’m healthier than I’ve been in years.Hazel Greene, 80My husband and I got married in 1950. He died five years ago. For the first two years I was depressed. I missed him so much because we did everything together. But now I’m feeling better. I think it’s important to stay active and positive. I read a lot and do volunteer work.Audio Track 3-3-121. She’s spending the weekend in the city.2. Our class begins next Monday.3. I’m going to work hard and save my money.4. We’re buying a new car tomorrow.5. When I’m forty, I’ll live in a house with a big yard.Speaking & CommunicationAudio Track 3-3-13/ Audio Track 3-3-14Sam: What are you doing?Peter: I’m applying for a driver’s license.Sam: Congratulations! What are you planning to do when you get it?Peter: Well, first, I’m going to take a trip.Sam: Really? Where?Peter: I’m going to visit my cousins in England.Sam: Sounds like fun!Peter: Yeah, and I’m planning to rent a car so I can get around.Sam: That sounds great. Just be careful. They drive on the opposite side of the road there.Audio Track 3-3-15Conversation 1A: Why are you planning to move to a new town in the future? Don’t you like this city?B: I do like this city, but I think I’d like to experience\ something different.A: Like what? City life is the same everywhere.B: Who knows? I’ve never been to any other cities. Do you have any plans to go somewhere else in the future?A: Sure. I’m going to take a trip to Canada this summer.B: Cool. That sounds like fun.Conversation 2A: Are you going to get a driver’s license?B: Yes, with a driver’s license, I’ll be able to drive wherever I want. I like traveling and sight-seeing, you know.A: But you don’t have a car, yet.B: That’s true, but I will buy one.A: It’s very expensive, though.B: Not necessarily. I’m not planning to buy an expensive car. I’ll probably just get a secondhand one.Audio Track 3-3-16A: The Magic Answer Bag’s answer to the question of “Will I find a well-paid job upon graduation?” is “Who knows?”B: I think that answer is accurate. You just can’t be sure about that.C: Well, the Ba g’s answer to the next question “Will I marry my true love?” is “Absolutely.”D: I don’t know about that. It seems that answer is too absolute. There’s no guarantee that everyone will find love.A: What is the answer to the next question, “Will I win the lottery?”B: “Not a chance!”C: I think that answer is accurate.D: I agree. There is very little chance of winning the lottery.Video CourseVideo Track 3-3-1Kevin: When I was a child my family and I moved to a new town where I had to make new friends and assimilate to a new environment.Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight — that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getting accustomed to being here and … um … but within three, four years I had learned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Alejandra: When I was a teenager I went to this … um … camp in Brazil. At the camp there were thirty-three people from different countries. And this was a turning point in my life because it helped me learn about different cultures and that has helped me in what I do today and that is work as an international student advisor.Video Track 3-3-2Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight — that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getting accustome d to being here and … um … but within three, four years I had learned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Video Track 3-3-3Dennis: I plan to retire in my old age, like about 70, maybe somewhere in Europe. But before that … like as early as maybe about 50 years old, I’d like to put up my own restaurant and … um … see how that goes.Miyuki: I don’t plan on getting married for a very long time, maybe 29 … 30? I can’t even think about having kids yet.Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I’d like to have kids someday, but I don’t know … we’ll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I’d like to see men at peace with each other.Video Track 3-3-4Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I’d like to have kids someday, but I don’t know … we’ll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I’d like to seemen at peace with each other.Video Track 3-3-5Claudia: So, when do you start your new job?Ro berto: I’m not sure. I may start as soon as next month.Claudia: Wow!Roberto: Yeah, it’s going to be a lot of fun … except I’ll have to learn how to use that new software program I told you about.Claudia: Don’t worry. I’m a software expert. I’ll help you figure it out.Roberto: Thanks. Hey, what about your job? Your boss was transferred to the Asian office. Are you going to get promoted?Claudia: I might … I might not. It’s not a big deal.Roberto: Huh?Claudia: I’ve been thinking lately. I don’t plan on working my whole life. Someday, maybe in five years or so, I’m going to quit my job and get out of this stressful life. You know, relax. Have some fun!Roberto: Oh. What are you planning to do?Claudia: I’m definitely going to travel … I might even move to another country, maybe work as a volunteer —I could even start a new career! Maybe one where I can help people … or help the world. What about you? What are your plans?Roberto: Well, I’ve pretty much got everything planned already, right up to my retire ment. Claudia: Really?Roberto: Yep. I’m going to work hard and save as much money as possible until I’m about 30 …31. Then I’m going to become the Vice President of Finance, and then the CEO by the time I’m 40 … maybe 45.Claudia: Yeah?Roberto: Yep. And when I’m 35 or 36, I’m going to settle down, get married, and have some kids. Claudia: Oh you are, are you? You know that for a fact?Roberto: Well, it’s not a fact — yet. But really, if you want to succeed, you need to have clearcut, well-defined goals and aspirations.Claudia: I don’t know, I think you should keep your options open. You know … “go with the flow.”Roberto: “Go with the flow,” eh? So you’re not nervous about the promotion?Claudia: I didn’t say that. It just won’t be the end of the world if I don’t get it. What about you? Are you nervous about the new job?Roberto: Not really. I’m just going to “go with the flow,” as long as the “flow” follows my plan! Video Track 3-3-6Claudia: So, when do you start your new job?Roberto: I’m not sure. I m ay start as soon as next month.Claudia: Wow!Roberto: Yeah, it’s going to be a lot of fun … except I’ll have to learn how to use that new software program I told you about.Claudia: Don’t worry. I’m a software expert. I’ll help you figure it out.Roberto: Thanks. Hey, what about your job? Your boss was transferred to the Asian office. Are you going to get promoted?Claudia: I might … I might not. It’s not a big deal.Roberto: Huh?Video Track 3-3-7Claudia: I’ve been thinking lately, I don’t plan on workin g my whole life. Someday, maybe in five years or so, I’m going to quit my job and get out of this stressful life. You know, relax. Have some fun!Roberto: Oh. What are you planning to do?Claudia: I’m definitely going to travel … I might even move to anoth er country, maybe work as a volunteer —I could even start a new career! Maybe one where I can help people … or help the world. What about you? What are your plans?Roberto: Well, I’ve pretty much got everything planned already, right up to my retirement. Claudia: Really?Roberto: Yep. I’m going to work hard and save as much money as possible until I’m about 30 …31. Then I’m going to become the Vice President of Finance, and then the CEO by the time I’m 40 … maybe 45.Claudia: Yeah?Video Track 3-3-8Rober to: Yep. And when I’m 35 or 36, I’m going to settle down, get married, and have some kids. Claudia: Oh you are, are you? You know that for a fact?Roberto: Well, it’s not a fact — yet. But really, if you want to succeed, you need to have clearcut, well-defined goals and aspirations.Claudia: I don’t know, I think you should keep your options open. You know … “go with the flow.”Roberto: “Go with the flow,” eh? So you’re not nervous about the promotion?Claudia: I didn’t say that. It just won’t be the end of the world if I don’t get it. What about you? Are you nervous about the new job?Roberto: Not really. I’m just going to “go with the flow,” as long as the “flow” follows my plan! Audio Track 3-3-17Claudia and Roberto were talking about Roberto’s new job. Roberto was excited, but he was a bit nervous about learning a new software program. Claudia told him not to worry and promised to help him learn it. Then Roberto asked Claudia if she might get promoted soon because her boss had been transferred to a different office. Claudia said that getting promoted was not a big deal. She explained that her goal was to quit her job someday and relax. Roberto, however, said his life was planned already, almost right up to retirement. He thought it was important to have well-defined goals, but Claudia said that Roberto should keep his options open, and “go with the flow.” Roberto agreed, but only if the “flow” followed his plan!。

新世纪交互英语视听说_第三册Video文本

新世纪交互英语视听说_第三册Video文本

Unit 1 Another Busy dayVideo Listening 1Amy: Good morning, Talia.Talia: Oh, hi. Good morning.Amy: You know, y o u'r e working too hard.Talia: I know. I always work t h is hard. Maybe you could mention that to Tony I don't th in k he knows it. Amy: Is that a new hairstyle I t's very ... unique.Talia: Very funny. I had to work late last night. I'm tired, I'm in a bad mood, and I d o n't care about my hair.Amy: That's probably why you' re not a reporter yet.Talia: You think soAmy: No, I'm just kidding ...Talia: You may be right.Amy: Maybe Tony will take you more seriously after you finish the journalism class.Talia: Oh, no! Our jou rnalism class! I forgot. It's tomorrow. What's the homeworkAmy: Compare two news stories on the same topic.Talia: T h a i's easy enough to do. Sounds interesting, too. I guess I II do it after work.Amy: You work too hard.Video Listening 2Amy: Why d o n't you take a break tonight Yeah, why not come with me to a partyTalia: No thanks. Maybe some other time.Amy: Come on! Josh Taylor is having a party. A lot of available guys will be there.... You might meetsomeone.Talia: No, listen! I'm too busy to go. Go without me ...Tony: Good, y o u'r e here. I have something important to talk to you about. What are you working onTalia: I'm researching the background information for that transportation story.Amy: She' s always working. She told me to tell you that.Tony: I have a big project for you to work on. I know you've been hoping for a break. This may be it.Talia: Really That's great!Tony: Come to my office in about 10 minutes. By the way, you look different. Have you clone somethingwith your hairUnit 2 Breaking NewsVideo Listening 1Tony : Someone sent us t h i s tape. This is incredible. What a shame.Talia : What's a shameTony : Have you ever heard of Nick Crawford, the soccer player H e's the star forward on our national team.Talia : Of course. Everyone's heard of him, I think.Tony : Well, apparently this conversation took place a while ago: Nick Crawford talk s about how he needs money.Amy:That's not big news. There's a rumor that he's fallen into debt lately. I've heard all sorts of gossip about that.Tony : Yes, but, it gets even more interesting. Also on the tape, a woman offers him $50,000.Talia : What forTony: To sit out the fir s t round qualifying match. Remember Nick Crawford had an in j u r y and c o u l d n't play in that gameTalia : Sure, I remember. We lost that match, and if we lose again, we might be eliminated,Tony : Exactly. The next qualifying round is coming up. If this tape is real, Nick Crawford will be history.Amy : You mean, he won' t get to play in the next matchTony : Exactly. And without him, we' II probably lose again.Amy : Wow! A real scandal! Is the tape for realTony : Talia, that' s your job now. Find out if the tape is authentic. And you' d better find out fast.Video Listening 2Talia : OK. I' II get this tape to an expert.Tony: If we can, w e'l l run the tape on t o n i g h t's broadcast before the competition hears about it. In fact, they may already have a copy of this tape.Talia: Speaking of copies, we ought to make a copy of this. We s h o u l d n't give away our only one.Tony : Good thinking. Amy ... handle this with care.Amy : Absolutely!Talia: See you later. I'm going to call the audio department. They can give me the name of an expert. Tony: Tell them we need someone fast.Talia : OK. I' m on it.Tony : Is there a problemTalia : Not exactly. I'l l do it. It’s just that ... I know Nick Crawford.Tony : You doTalia : Yes. We went to college together. I t's hard to believe he would do something like this.Tony : Well, wake up and smell the coffee, Talia! He's a big star. He's been a star on the national team for four years now. People do crazy things when they get famous.Talia : I just c a n't believe it. Nick Crawford taking a bribeTony: Listen, Talia. You're smart. Y o u'r e a good researcher, and one day I hope y o u'l l be a great reporter. But d o n't let your emotions get in the way of your work. If you do, I' II have to find someone else to work on this story.Unit 3 A Job for TaliaVideo Listening 1Woman's voice on tape: We'll pay you fifty thousand dollars.Nick's voice on tape: And all I have to do is sit on the benchWoman's voice on tape: That' s right. Do that, and fifty thousand dollars is yours.Nick's voice on tape: Well, I can really use the money. You've got yourself a deal.Woman's voice on tape: Great. It's a pleasure doing business with you.Tony: How's it goingTalia: I can' t tell. I hope our expert will be able to figure it out.Tony: Me, too. When will we have the resultsTalia: H e's going to call me back this afternoon.Tony: Good.Talia: You know, I've been a researcher here for three years. I've investigated other scandals. But something here doesn't seem right.Tony: What do you meanTalia: It just doesn't make sense. Nick Crawford loves soccer. Why would he do something to hurt his careerTony: T h a t's a good question. How well do you know Nick Crawford Is he a friend of yoursTalia: No, not really. I just knew him in college. We had English together for two semesters.Tony: Oh, t h a t's itTalia: Well, I got to know him a little. I know that he moved here from England about 10 years ago.I know that h e's smart. And I know that h e's always dreamed of being a great soccer star.Tony: Mm hmm.Talia: So, why would he risk ruining his careerVideo Listening 2Talia: Bad news. The audio expert needs another day to check the tape.Tony: Did you tell him it was urgent Find someone else!Talia: Of course I told him. But I also told him we need to be sure, absolutely sure.Tony: That' s true.Talia: Tony, listen. I have an idea. Let me go and ta lk to Nick.Tony: I d o n't know ...Talia: He may remember me. He may be willing to confide in me.Tony: Talia, look, y o u'r e not a reporter yet, you're still a researcher. RememberTalia: Please, Tony. Give me a chance. What do you have to loseTony: All right, I'l l give you one more day. But only one more day.Talia: You won't be sorry. Just one more thing: if I find something big, the story is mine, rightTony: What do you meanTalia: I mean, you’ll let me report it, won" t you If I can get Nick to tell me everythingTony: You deserve a break. I know that. I'l l tell you what: come up with something big and t h e story is yours. But, Talia, be careful.Talia: What do you meanTony: This Nick Crawford guy ... I hear he can be very charming. D o n't let him charm you out of a story.Unit 4 A Matter Of TrustVideo 1Talia: NickNick:I know you, don’t ITalia:Yes. I’m Tal ia, Talia Santos.Nick: Yeah, Talia! Of course!Talia:After all these years, I’m surprised you remember me.Nick:How could I forget you We were in an English literature class together, weren’t weTalia: Tha’s right, the Shakespeare class.Nick: Right, Dr. Custer’s class. She was a tough teacher. She really made us work hard.Talia:Oh, gosh, don’t remind me.Nick:We studied together for the final, didn’t weTalia:Yes, that’s right. As I recall, you did really well on it.Nick:That’s right! But only bec ause I speak Shakespeare so fluently.Talia: Very cute.Nick: So, what are you doing here Are you a big soccer fan nowTalia:Not exactly. I’m a researcher now… with Newsline.Nick:Oh, I see. Well, news people aren’t my favourite people right now. I heard there’s a nasty story coming out about me. Something about me throwing a gameTalia: That’s why I’m here.Nick: Too bad. Well, maybe we can meet again sometime, under different circumstances.Video Listening 2Talia: No listen. I’d like to … I want to hear your side of the story. You don’t trust me, do youNick:Nope. You’re in the news business. You’re all alike.Talia:Hey, don’t judge me so quickly. I told you the truth about why I was here, didn’t I Really.You can trust me.Nick: Look, the only goal I have right now is helping my team win the qualifying match next weekend. After that I will deal with this mess.Talia: Wait, Nick. The charges are serious. People say you threw a game. They think you have gambling debts.Nick: Yes. That’s why I gave the Soccer Federation access to my bank accounts.Talia: They could stop you from playing. Forever.Nick:That’s impossible.Talia:No, it’s not. That’s why I want you to talk to me. I want your story. Did you or didn’t you take the money Did you or didn’t you throw the gameNick:Oh, you want to hear my story Do you want to hear the true story, or the story that will get your show more viewers Which story do you really want Take your pick.Talia: The only story I want is the true story.Nick: Well, the tru th is, I didn’t do it. I’m an innocent man.Unit 5 Nick’s ExplanationTalia : OK, let's get this straight. You’re one of the country's best soccer players.Nick : Well, I have to admit—that' s true. Of course, some people think that' s not such a great achievement.Talia : Now, for some reason, you sat out one of the biggest games of the year.Nick :Not just for some reason. I had a sprained ankle. I could hardly walk, so I certainly couldn't play.Talia : But your coach can't verify this.Nick : Of course he can't. You can't see a sprain on an X-ray.Talia : You can'tNick : No.Talia :I see ...Nick : You don't have to believe me, but it's the truth. I sat out the first round qualifying match because I had a sprained ankle.Talia : And not because you took a bribeNick : A bribe How can anyone believe such a ridiculous thingTalia : Then can you explain the tapeNick : What tapeTalia : Listen to this.(Voice on tape)Woman: We' II pay you fifty thousand pounds.Nick: And all I have to do is sit on the benchWoman : That's right. Do that and fifty thousand pounds is yours.Nick: Well, I could really use the money. You've got yourself a deal.Woman: Great. It’s a pleasure doing business with you.Video 2Nick: I t sure sounds like my voice, but I don't know why. Why would I do something so stupidTalia:That's what I want to know.Nick:Hey, Coach! Can I talk to you a minute Some TV station is going to report that I deliberately sat out a game! Coach:I know all about it. Who is thisNick:This is an old friend of mine from college, Talia Santos. She works for Newsline. This is Coach Haskins, and you may recognize my teammate, Dean Bishop.Dean: Hey.Coach:Hi.Talia:Nice to meet you both.Coach:Would you excuse us for a moment, pleaseTalia:Sure.Coach:Look. I don't think it's such a good idea to talk to the media right now.Dean:Yeah, you've got that right.Nick: Coach, I just don't get it. Why would anybody try to do this to meCoach:Well, we' re going to find that out. Now, I don't want to worry you, Nick, but I've been getting some pressure from the Soccer Federation.Nick:What do you meanCoach:They want you to sit out the game next week.Dean:No!Nick: They can't do that!Coach:Yes, they can. Nick, I know how badly you want to play, and, frankly, I don't think we can win without you. Unit 6 Bad NewsVideo 1Talia:I don't think he did it.Tony:What do you meanTalia:Nick. I don’t think he did it. I have a feeling.Tony: And you have that feeling because…Talia:No for one thing, he told me he was innocent.Tony: And you believe it.Talia:As a matter of fact, I do. This could all be a mistake …or something…Something is funny here. He’s a soccer star. Making money is not a problem for him.Amy:But gambling may be a problem for him.Tony:Yes, have you ever thought about thatAmy:He might owe a lot of people money.Tony:And sometimes people do things just because they can. Take it from me. I’ve seen a lot of people do stupid things. Even rich, famous people. It may not always make sense.Talia:But, except for that tape, we have no proof.Tony:We had no proof. We have it now. Amy, tell her.Amy:Sorry, Talia. The audit of Nick’s bank account came in. He deposited fifty thousand dollars in his bank account a week before the qualifying match.Talia:Oh, my gosh. What Let me see that…I’m not going to stop investigating. There might be a good explanation for this.Video 2Tony:You can keep investigating, but after looking at this bank statement, we have no choice. W’re going with this story tonight. If we don’t, the competition may beat us to it.Amy:You’ve got to admit, Talia, it doesn’t look good.Talia:I keep telling myself we are missing something. Things aren’t always as they seem.Tony:And sometimes things are exactly the way they seem.Talia:I just don’t think that’s true in this case.Tony:You just may be too trusting to be a reporter. Reporters have to be skeptical. Are you sure you’re all right working on this by yourself Maybe you should work with John Donnelly.Talia:No. I can do this myself. I promised Nick I’d be fair. I promised you I wouldn’t let my emotions color my judgment. And I promised myself I’d do a good job.Tony:OK. But if you let me down, I’m giving the story to John.Talia:Thanks, Tony. I’ll be fine. You won’t be sorry.Unit 7 Endorsement DealVideo 1Talia: There you are! Nick, are you going to stop lying to meNick:Hello, Talia. And how are you Would you like to have a seatTalia:No, actually, I prefer to stand.Nick:Ok. Whatever. So now what’s going onTalia:This! Fifty thousand dollars appeared in you bank account just before the qualifying match. Fifty thousand dollars!Nick: SoTalia: So So, that’s exactly the amount of money they say you accepted for throwing that game.Nick: It is also the exact amount of money I got for endorsing a new line of athletic shoes.Talia:Oh, reallyNick:Yes, really. They’re going to be called Kicks. They are coming out next year. “Kicks: they are cooler than your old shoes. More comfortable, too. And they are less expensive than they look. Come and get your kicks!”Talia:Stop! I get it. Now, what was I saying Oh, yes. Can I call your agent I want to confirm this endorsement deal. Nick:Except, I didn’t use an agent.Talia:No agent What a surprise!Video 2Nick:Talia, this is what happened.Talia: Ooh, here it comes. Another story.Nick:It was about 10 o’clock one morning. I was having something to drink at the juice bar here.Jackie: E xcuse me. Aren’t you Nick CrawfordNick:Yes, that’s right. Do I know youJackie: No. not yet, that is. I’m Jackie Baker. I am the VP of marketing for Kicks Shoes.Nick: Uh-huh.Jackie:And I have a very interesting proposition for you.Nick:Keep going, I am listening.Jackie: Why don’t we meet at my office tomorrow Let’s say, 12:30. we can have lunch nearby, and I’ll tell you all about the deal.Nick:She offered me this deal. Fifty thousand dollars just to endorse a new line of athletic shoes, and I agreed to wear the shoes next year when I play.Talia:That’s itNick: Basically.Talia:Hmm.Nick:Well, that’s what happened. I’ve still got her business card. You can call her yourself if you like.Talia:Jackie Baker, Kicks Shoes, OK. I’ll call her. You know on second thought, I’d rather pay her a visit.Unit 8 No One by That NameVideo 1Talia:Hello. I’m here to see Jackie Baker.Receptionist: hmmm. I don’t think…I know who you want. Jack Baxter. He’s on the third floor, 301. Talia:No, I’m here to see Jackie Baker, Ms. Jackie Baker.Receptionist: …no, definitely not. There’s no one by that name.Talia:This is the Gower Building 119 Gower StreetReceptionist: yes. But like I said, there’s no Jackie Baker here.Talia:Well, maybe she’s no longer here. Maybe she used to work here.Receptionist: I didn’t think so. I’ve been here for ten years. Ten years too long, I might add. Someone named Jacob Banker used to work here. Funny, he was an architect, not a banker. Anyway, he was on the 2nd floor. Are you sure you are not looking for Jacob BankerTalia: No, no. the name is Jackie Baker. She is a VP at kicks shoes.Receptionist: Now I really don’t know what you are talking about. Kicks shoes Hold on a second, I’m sorry, but I’ve never heard of kicks shoes and they are not in our directory. Are you sure you are in the right placeTalia:No. I’m nor sure where I am. In fact, I’m not sure about anything anymore.Video 2Talia: Oh, no. my cell phone is dead. Can I use your phone for a momentReceptionist: you seem really angry. Are you going to yell at someoneTalia:I don’t know. Maybe. Probably…yes.Receptionist: I n that case, be my guest. Just dial 9 first.Receptionist: Uh-oh. Someone’s in big trouble.Nick:Hello.Talia: Hello, nick. It’s Talia. Remember meNick: Of course I remember you.Talia: I wasn’t sure. You seem to have trouble with names. And faces. And facts.Nick: Really I used to have a good memory. I remembered you, did n’t ITalia:There is no Jackie Baker here. There has never been a Jackie Baker here. And, to make matters worse, they’ve never even heard of kicks shoes.Nick:That’s ridiculous! You’ve got her business card. You’re at the Gower Building.Talia: That’s right.Nick:But I met Jackie there. I met her there. She took me to lunch…Have you tried calling her Talia: I called before I came, but I got voicemail. One of those messages like, “the person you are calling is not available.” I thought it was odd.Nick:Look, Talia, I don’t know what I can say. I’m telling the truth.Talia: Well, someone is lying. And if you think you are going to see a good story on news line, you’re wrong. Good-bye, Nick.Receptionist: Oh, that was good.Unit 9 No help for NickVideo 1Nick : Jackie Baker, pleaseReceptionist: Oh, I'm sorry. But there's no Jackie Baker here.Nick : Do you mind if I look at thatReceptionist: Not at all. Have a look. Let me guess. You're Nick.Nick: That's right, but ... how did you knowReceptionist: Oh, you' re famous!Nick : Oh. Do you follow soccerReceptionist: Soccer No, never watch it. I was listening when that woman called you. Iover heard everything.Nick : Well, that's great.Receptionist: She was really angry. Wow!Nick : I know. I know. Say, do you know what time it isReceptionist : Nearly five. I was just getting ready to leave when you arrived.Nick : I t's probably too late anyway. The news is going to be on in an hour.Video Listening 2Receptionist: So Nick, is there anything else I can do for youNick: Yeah, maybe. Could I speak to someone else at KicksReceptionist:E xcuse meNick: Kicks shoes. May I speak to someone else at Kicks shoesReceptionist: Sorry, Nick, but there’s no Kicks Shoes here, either. In fact, I’d never even heard of them before today.Nick: I don’t understand.Receptionist:C heer up. Things can’t be as bad as they seem.Nick: NoReceptionist:M aybe you could describe this Jackie Baker to me.Nick:Great. Thanks. She’s, uh, about as tall as you are. She’s got long black hair. She wears glasses. Oh, she was wearing a nice business suit when I met her here. She looked like an executive.Receptionist:And she’s got blue eyesNick:Yes! Do you know herReceptionist:No, I was just trying to help. Sorry I don’t know her at all.Unit 10 AT A GLANCEVideo 1Patty: Hey, Nick. It's good to see you again. What can I gel for youNick : Could I get a large pineapple and strawberry smoothiePatty:Coming right up. Is everything all rightNick : My life is a mess! And just when I thought things were going great.Patty : What's the matter Did you get hurtNick : Yeah, I got hurt. But not on the soccer field.Patty: ReallyNick: Yeah. It all started when I agreed to endorse some shoes. Party, would you mindmaking it louder I need to catch up on the news.Patty : No problem.Reporter on TV: Let' s see if he' s got some comments about this scandal. Hey, Dean!What do you think about the Nick Crawford scandalDean on TV: I' m not going to comment until we know more.Reporter on TV: Do you think the Soccer Federation is going to suspend him from playing;Dean on TV: Well, I really can't say. /' m sure they' II decide as soon as they have moreinformation.Reporter: What kind of information do you think they' II need to findDean : It's hard to say ...Nick : Hold on. Do you see that woman The woman standing behind Dean That's her!Patty: That's whoNick : I think that's Jackie Baker! The woman with Kicks Shoes.Video 2Patty : Jackie Baker No. That's Jackie Bishop, Dean's sister. She was a member here last year, but I haven't seen her around lately. I'm surprised you never ran into her.Dean : I've always admired Nick Crawford, f m sure he wouldn't risk ruining his career.Nick ; Thai's her. That's Jackie Baker.Patty: No, I'm pretty sure that's Jackie Bishop.Nick: But there's something different. No glasses. And her hair ...Patty: Ah, it's blonde now, but she keeps changing the color. She's a wannabe actress.Nick : A wannabe actressPatty: Oh yeah! She' s tried out for a lot of movie parts, but I doubt she' s actually ever acted in anything. Nick: Except for the day she took me to lunch. She's a great actress. She should get an Oscar for her performance. Reporter: The Nick Crawford scandal is just beginning to unfold, but one thing is clear...Patty: Here you go Nick. On the house. I think you're going to need it.Reporter: ... the evidence is not in his favor. The Soccer Federation is saying that he may be suspended and may never play soccer professionally again.Unit 11 The Truth RevealedVideo 1 ScriptTalia:I’m so glad I went to that class last night. It was really interesting.Amy:Well, Talia, you do look a little better today.Talia:Well, I don’t feel much better.Amy:You know what You missed a great party the other night. Josh’s friend Matt was there. I really want to introduce you to him. He’s ...Talia: I completely believed him. He can be so persuasive. So convincing. I’m so disappointed. I feel like such a fool. Amy:Look, Talia, you’re no fool. Don’t be so hard on yourself.Talia:But I was convinced that Nick was being honest.Amy: It really is a shame, though. I was hoping you’d break this big story and become the top reporter at the station. Then I’d be your assistant, and you’d give me a raise.Talia:I’m so glad to hear you really care about me. Oh, I’m so depressed.Amy:Don’t look now, but the big storyteller is here.Nick:Talia. Talia.Amy:Hello. Nick Crawford I’m Amy Lee.Nick:And I’m here to talk to Talia.Amy:Uh, I don’t think you can speak to her now.Nick:But I’ve got to talk to her. I know who’s responsible for this mess.Talia:I’ve heard that before.Nick: OK, forget it. I don’t have to speak to you. I’ll give my story to that other reporter, what’s-his-name John Donnelly.Video 2 ScriptTalia: I’ll give you two minutes.Nick: You won’t be sorry. OK, I went to see her. I went to see Jackie Baker.Talia: There is no Jackie Baker.Nick: That’s right.Talia: So you admit that you liedNick: No, I didn’t lie. No, listen, this is what happened.Jackie: There you are. Right on time. We’ve got reservations for lunch.Nick: Great. Where are we goingJackie: It’s a little place just around the corner. We can walk there.Nick: Sounds good.Jackie: Yes. I hate doing business in my office. It’s so much more pleasant to talk over a good meal.Nick: Then, over lunch, we talked about the deal.Jackie: So, just sign here. It basically says we’ll pay you $50,000 to endorse the shoes.Nick: She tricked me. She and her brother Dean. They wanted me out of the way. Dean is the next in line to be the star player.Talia: Wow! This is amazing. So, what are you going to do nowNick: I’m going to the team office to talk to the coach. I’ve got to make sure he believes me.Unit 12 Dean’s ChallengeVideo 1 ScriptNick: Oh, good, you’re here. Coach, I‘ve been trying to speak to you since last night. This whole scandal is because ... Coach: Nick, Nick, we’ve been working together for four years now. You’re my best player, and frankly, Nick, I feel like we're family.Nick: Thanks, Coach. Me, too.Coach: I'm sorry. I didn't know you've been having money problems.Nick: No, I haven't! I hope you don't believe those lies about me. Trust me, Coach. I have not let you down.Coach: Well, why don't you clear this whole thing up for me, thenNick: I would love to! The truth is, it's Dean. I know it's him.Coach: Dean Who are you talking about Dean BishopNick: Yes. Dean Bishop. His sister is involved, too. They somehow made a phony tape. His sister gave me fifty thousand dollars for a fake endorsement.Coach: And you’re saying they made it look like a bribe for sitting out the qualifying gameNick: Exactly.Coach: But Dean And his sister This is hard to believe. Why would Dean do this to youNick: Just think about it. Dean is a great player, but he’s always in my shadow. He wants you to kick me off the team so that he can be the star.Coach: Wow! I don't know what to say. This is incredible. I hate to have to ask, but ... do you have proofNick: Not yet. But I‘ve been working with Talia Santos at Newsline for the past day or two. I'm hoping she can help. Coach: It may be too late. The Soccer Federation has been calling me for the past two days. They want to suspend you. Nick: But what about Dean BishopCoach: He's going to play in the qualifying match. Next to you, he's our strongest player.Video 2 ScriptNick: Dean.Dean: Nick, buddy. Tough rap you’re taking. Is there anything I can do to helpNick: Yes, there is something you can do. You can tell Coach what really happened.Dean: Excuse meNick: You know. You can tell him about this scheme of yours.Dean: Uh, what are you talking aboutNick: How you and your-so talented sister have been plotting for how long nowDean: I don't know what you're talking about.Nick: Yeah. The two of you dreamed up that fake endorsement deal. That must have taken a lot of planning. I'm impressed. I didn't know you were that smart.Dean: You're talking crazy now.Nick: It was you Dean. I know it was you. I guess you didn't expect me to figure it out.Dean: Wow, Nick. You've, uh, you've made up quite a story there. In fact, it's one of the craziest stories I've ever heard.Nick: I don't know how you pulled it off. How you made the tape. But I know it was you and your sister. Dean: Yeah Oh, this is so typical of you. Always so sure of yourself. Always the most popular guy on the team. Well, you're not so popular now, Nicky boy.Nick: I know what you did.Dean: You think you know. But let's see you prove it.。

新世纪大学英语视听说3[第三版]听力原文

新世纪大学英语视听说3[第三版]听力原文

视听说3 unit1—unit6Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plantswhile I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3;3-1-4;3-1-5W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-6Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I ha ven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-7S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-8;3-1-9Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras andcellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it.If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the empty spaceand helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit. 4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’schecks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you.Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Unit 1 Lesson BVideo track 3-1-1Dave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requesteda vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to myroommate, and I water my plant.Video track 3-1-2Julianna: The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first timeby myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my handsto explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my secondtrip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't reallyknow the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter andjust flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let'sgo there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—video track 3-1-3Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—City LivingMexico----here we come!Video track 3-1-4Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: <to Tara> It s in the closet. <into phone> Of course! I'm the only one who's organized aroundhere. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: <holds up ticket> Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: <to Claudia> I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... <holds up her ticket> Oh, you're right. Got it! Sun-hee: <holds up traveler's checks>-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! <Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet> Whexv!Sun-hee: <into phone>-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, <to Tara> because someoneforgot-- <into phone> and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: <to Claudia> It's in the kitchen.Claudia: <to self> The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- <holds up cell phone> Ta-dah!Sun-hee: <into phone> These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: <holds up plug> Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!<all exit>Tara and Claudia: <Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks> Now-- Mexico----herewe come!Track 3-1-18Sun-hee, Tara, and Claudia are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had todo earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 2, Lesson ATrack 3-2-2;3-2-3Jenna: OK, I think we have two choices. The first place is a little house. It's located in a fruit orchard.Carson: Really?Jenna: Yeah. And you can eat as much fruit as you want. When it's in season, of course. Oh---but wait.It says there’s no air conditioner.Carson:That's OK. It's on the rainy side of the island. It's cooler there. We can use a fan. Jenna:You're probably right…Say. It looks pretty basic. No washing machine or dryer… not even aTV!Carson: Oh no! What are we going to do without a TV?That's terrible!Jenna: Very funny. I'm just letting you know about the place.Carson: I know. What's our second choice?Jenna: It's on the opposite side----the sunny side----of the island. Very fancy place with a big swimming pool. It s only three blocks from the ocean.Carson: Who needs a swimming pool? I mean, it's only three blocks.Jenna: I see your point. VVell, the pool area also has barbecue grills, beautiful gardens'- Carson: You like the second place better. I can tell..Jenna: Well, it does have everything. Washing machine, dryer, TV, VCR, frying pan'*' Carson: All we need is a toothbrush and a swimsuit-- Let's go with the second choice.Jenna: OK. I'II call them right now and reserve it. I can t wait to go!Audio track 3-2-4; 3-2-5Ashley: Excuse me. I’m trying to get to the City Zoo.Jose : oh, let me think…ok, um, how are you getting there?Ashley: I want to drive, if it’s convenient.Jose: well, the directions are easy. See that road over there?Ashley: yes.Jose: that’s Second Avenue. Just go straight down second and turn left at the traffic light. Ashley: ok.Jose: you’ll be on Church Avenue and it goes straight to the zoo.Ashley: oh, so it’s not too far.Jose: no, but the traffic is usually heavy. AndI don’t think the zoo has many parking spaces available for cars.Ashley: hmm…Jose: maybe you should take the subway.Ashley: where do I catch it ?Jose: there’s a sbuway entrance right in front of the park. Take the red line three stops. Cet off at the City Zoo stop. It’s pretty obvious.Ashley: thanks a lot.Jose: no problemAshley: oh, wait. Noe more thing. How much does the sbuway cost?Jose: two dollars.Audio track 3-2-6Realtor: Hello, Mrs Wills. I think this house is perfect for you. I hope you like it.Mrs. Wills: it’s nice and roomy.Realtor: Yes, there’s a lot of room. It’s a four-bedroom house.Mrs. Wills: Great. I need a room for my home office beacause I work at home a lot. And I need two rooms for my kid.Realtor: And there’s also a big yard.Mrs. Wills: Great! I’d love to have a garden. My kids can play there.Realtor: Shall we go outside and have a look?Mrs. Wills: OK.Audio track 3-2-7There are seceral ways to improve life in my city. Our biggest problem is transportation. We really need more ways to get around. I’d like to ride my bicycle to work, but there is too much traffic on the streets. We need safer places for bicyclingand walking. Another problem is the parks. We have some nice parks, but we don’t take good care of them and they are often dirty. We need cleaner parks, where children can play and adults can relax. One more problem is nightlife. There’s nothing to do in the evening! We should build a big theater for plays and concerts.Audio track 3-2-8Take back your streetTwo neighbors meet on a city sidewalk. They talk about planting more flowers along their street, or asking the city council to add bike lanes to a busy road. In small but important ways, these people are changing the face of their cities.All around the world, people are speaking up and working hard to make their cities safer and more pleasant for pedestrians. Cities have painted crosswalks on their streets, made streets narrower, put in traffic lights and speed bumps, and made plans to help more kids walk or bike to school.Many people have learned from a man from Brisbane, Australia, named David Engwicht. His book Reclaiming Our Cities and Towns has a simple message. He says that in the past, streets belonged to everybody. Kids played there, and neighbors stopped there to talk.But now, streets are just for cars and trucks. People stay inside to get away from the noise and dangerous traffic, and we lose contact with our neighbors. Engwicht says that we should use streets for more than just transportation. People need to take back their streets.Engwicht travels around the world, helping people think differently about pedestrians, streets, and neighborhoods. Besides his books and articles, he gives many speeches. He has worked in neighborhoods from Honolulu to Scotland.While Engwicht was writing his book, he learned about how neighbors in the city Delft, in the Netherlands, stopped dangerous traffic on their street. They put old couches, tables, and planters in the streets. Cars could still pass, but they had to drive slowly. When the police arrived, they saw the value of these illegal actions to make the streets safer. Soon city officials started planning ways to make cars slow down, and"calm" the traffic.Engwicht says we should think about streeets as our "outdoor living room."Calming the traffic is just the beginning. In the future, streets will be safe places for childre again, and our neighborswill become our friends.Unit2, Lesson BVideo track 3-2-1Jennifer: Iwant my dream house to be by a lake with a big yard. Iwant to have three bedrooms, and a bigliving room…family room…kitchen area so I can have parties and everyone can be together.Calum:I'd like to have a big swimming pool and a large garden so I could eat outside.Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove. VIartin: Of course a 52-inch plasma TV vould be nice.Alejandra: I woulcl love to have a veranda…a wide veranda…where I can sit during the evenings and read books and xxratch the sun set.Video track 3-2-2Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove. Video track 3-2-3Gian : At my work I'm not allowed to smoke. Anyone who smokes needs to go outside.Martin: I work for the phone company and we're not allowed to give out personal information aboutour customers.Jennifer: We are not allowed to use our cell phones and we can't eat at our desks.Dennis: In my house you can't smoke. A nd…um…as much as possible. You have to take your shoesoff at the door.Nick: I'm not allowed to make noise at night w hen my roommates are sleeping.Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allow ed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…Video track 3-2-4Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allow ed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…City LivingImaginary BeachTakeshi: I can't believe how hot it is out there. Why didn't we go to Hawaii with everyone else? Mike: Because we didn't have the money.Takeshi:Well, why didn t we get an air conditioner'lMike:Hello? Same reason. And quit complaining! We're got air conditioning.Takeshi: Mike, that's a bowl of ice and a fan.Mike: Takeshi, you've got to be more like me and use >rour imagination, then you too can have a beachvacation. See? <pulls down window shade with beach poster> Check our that gorgeous view.Takeshi:Right, but not exactly "realistic."Mike: OK, come over here. Close your eyes. Feel that cool, ocean breeze.Takeshi: Mike, that's the fridge.Mike: Come on! I said, "Use your imagination!" Now close your eyes. Listen to the sound of theseagulls…<makes sound like a seagull> hear the children laughing… <makes sound like children laughing> Why, I think I can even smell a barbeque…<waves a package of hot dogs>Takeshi: Raw hot dogs?Mike: Don't worry. I'm going to cook them up on that grill over there.Takeshi: Mike, you know you're not allowed to use a grill inside an apartment, right?Mike: OK. I'II use the microwave then.Takeshi: A beach, with a microwave. Sure, Mike.Mike: That's the beauty of "Imaginary Beach." We'x-e got a microwave oven, we'xe got a TV with aremote control. Who could ask for anything more?Takeshi: What about water? That's the main reason people go to the beach. What are you going to use for that? The bathtub?Mike:No, that'd be silly. Here we go! <turns on CD player> Feel the ocean mist-- <sprays water onTakeshi>Takeshi: :Mike, that's for spraying plants, not me!Mike:You know, the sound of the waves, the ocean mist-- makes me want to surf.Takeshi : Surf?Mike:Yeah, surf. <starts to fold up ironing board>Takeshi: Mike, no. you can t stand on that, you'II break it!Mike: No, I Won't. <stands on ironing board and pretends to surf> Look at me, dude---- I'm "hangin'ten"!Takeshi: Yeah, cool. <takes cap off water bottle> Hey, "dude"! Watch out for that wave! <throws water inMike's face> Huh, I'm getting the hang of this "imagination" thing.Mike : Very funny, very funny indeed! <chases Takeshi>Unit 3, Lesson AAudio Track 3-3-1 ; 3-3-2Lee: Hi, Ellie.Ellie: Hi, Lee. How are you?Lee: Good. Hey there. Brandon. He's so cute. And you're such a good mother.Ellie: Thanks. Everyone says. "It's not always easy with your first child." You know, I agree with them.Lee: How old is he now?Ellie: He just turned two a month ago.Lee: Oh, no… The "terrible twos." Right?Ellie: Yep. It s so exhausting… for both of us!Lee: Does he throw things around? And cry a lot more?Ellie: Yes, exactly. Sometimes he hits me. I don't know. He was so well-behaved before.Lee: It happens to most babies. They turn two and their personality changes.Ellie: It sounds like you have some experience with "the terrible twos."Lee: I certainly do. My children are five and eleven now. but I still remember when they were y oung. Ellie: What can I do?Lee: Well, remember that it will pass… it won't last forever. Try to be patient.Audio track 3-3-3; 3-3-4Audio track 3-3-5Audio track 3-3-6Audio track 3-3-7; 3-3-8Unit 3 lesson BVideo track 3-3-1Kevin: When I was a child my family and I moved to a new town where I had to make new friends andassimilate to a new environment.Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight---- that was a big event in my life. I had a verydifficult time getting accustomed to being here and…um…but within three, fouryears I hadlearned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Alejandra: When I was a teenager I went to this-- um"' camp in Brazil. At the camp there werethirty-three people from different countries. And this was a turning point in mylife because it helped me learn about different cultures anci that has helped me in w hatI do today and that is work as an international student advisor.Video track 3-3-2Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight—that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getting accustomed to being here andum…but within three, four years I hadlearned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Video track 3-3-3Dennis: I plan to retire in my old age, like about 70, maybe somewhere in Europe. But before that…li ke as early as mavbe about 50 years old, I'd like to put up my own restaurant and…um…seehow that goes.Miyuki: I don't plan on getting married for a very long time, maybe 29…30? I can't even think abouthaving kids yet.Jennifer: I may get married in the fu ture, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I'd like to see menat peace with each other.Vedio track3-3-4Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I'd like to see menat peace with each other.City living Go with the flowClaudia: So, when do you start your new job?Roberto: I'm not sure. I mav start as soon as next month.Claudia: Wow!Roberto: Yeah, it's going to be a lot of fun…. expert I'll have to learn how to use that new softwareprogram I told you about.Claudia: Don't worry. I'm a software expert, I'II help y'ou figure it out.Roberto: Thanks.Hey,what about your job? Your boss was transferred to the Asian office. Are yougoing to get promoted?Claudia: I might-- might not. It's not a big deal.Roberto: Huh?Claudia: I've been thinking lately,I don't plan on working my whole life. Someday, maybe in fiveyearsor so, I'm going to quit my job and get out of this stressful life. You know, relax.Have somefun!Roberto: Oh. What are you planning to do?Claudia:I'm definitely going to travel… I might even move to another country, maybe work as a Volunteer…I could even start a new career! Maybe one where I can hilp people…or helpthe world. What about you? What are your plans?Roberto: Well, I've pretty much got everything planned already, right up to my retirement. Claudia: Really?Roberto: Yep. I'm going to work hard and save as much money as possible until I'm about 30…31.thenI'm going to become the Vice President of Finance, and then the CEO by the timeI'm 40…ma ybe 45.Claudia:Yeah?Roberto : Yep. And when I'm 35 or 36, I'm going to settle down, get married, and have some kids Claudia:Oh you are, are you? You know that for a fact?Roberto :Well, it's not a fact---- yet. But really, if you want to succeed, you need to have clear-cut, well-defined goals and aspirationsClaudia:I don't know, I think you should keep your options open. You know…"go with the flow." Robert: "Go with the flovv," eh? So you're not nervous about the promotion?Claudia: I didn't say that. It just won't be the end of the world if I don't get it. What about you? Are younervous about the new job?Roberto : Not really. I'm just going to "go xvirh the flow," as long as the "floxv" follows my plan! Audio track 3-3-17Claudia and Roberto were talking about Roberto’s new job. Roberto was excited, but he was a bit nervous about learning a new software program. Claudia told him not to worry and promised to help him learn it. Then Roberto asked Claudia if she might get promoted soon because her boss had been transferred to a different office. Claudia said that getting promoted was not a big deal. She explained that her goal was to quit her job someday and relax. Roberto, however, said his life was planned already, almost right up to retirement. He thought it was important to have well-defined goals, but Claudia said to Roberto should keep his options open, and"go with the flow."Roberto agreed, but only if the "flow" followed his plan!。

新世纪大学英语视听说3[第三版]听力原文

新世纪大学英语视听说3[第三版]听力原文

视听说3 unit1—unit6Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plantswhile I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3;3-1-4;3-1-5W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-6Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I ha ven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-7S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-8;3-1-9Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras andcellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it.If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the empty spaceand helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit. 4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’schecks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you.Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Unit 1 Lesson BVideo track 3-1-1Dave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requesteda vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to myroommate, and I water my plant.Video track 3-1-2Julianna: The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first timeby myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my handsto explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my secondtrip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't reallyknow the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter andjust flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let'sgo there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had a toupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—video track 3-1-3Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—City LivingMexico----here we come!Video track 3-1-4Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: <to Tara> It s in the closet. <into phone> Of course! I'm the only one who's organized aroundhere. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: <holds up ticket> Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: <to Claudia> I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... <holds up her ticket> Oh, you're right. Got it! Sun-hee: <holds up traveler's checks>-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! <Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet> Whexv!Sun-hee: <into phone>-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, <to Tara> because someoneforgot-- <into phone> and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: <to Claudia> It's in the kitchen.Claudia: <to self> The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- <holds up cell phone> Ta-dah!Sun-hee: <into phone> These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: <holds up plug> Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!<all exit>Tara and Claudia: <Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks> Now-- Mexico----herewe come!Track 3-1-18Sun-hee, Tara, and Claudia are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had todo earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 2, Lesson ATrack 3-2-2;3-2-3Jenna: OK, I think we have two choices. The first place is a little house. It's located in a fruit orchard.Carson: Really?Jenna: Yeah. And you can eat as much fruit as you want. When it's in season, of course. Oh---but wait.It says there’s no air conditioner.Carson:That's OK. It's on the rainy side of the island. It's cooler there. We can use a fan. Jenna:You're probably right…Say. It looks pretty basic. No washing machine or dryer… not even aTV!Carson: Oh no! What are we going to do without a TV?That's terrible!Jenna: Very funny. I'm just letting you know about the place.Carson: I know. What's our second choice?Jenna: It's on the opposite side----the sunny side----of the island. Very fancy place with a big swimming pool. It s only three blocks from the ocean.Carson: Who needs a swimming pool? I mean, it's only three blocks.Jenna: I see your point. VVell, the pool area also has barbecue grills, beautiful gardens'- Carson: You like the second place better. I can tell..Jenna: Well, it does have everything. Washing machine, dryer, TV, VCR, frying pan'*' Carson: All we need is a toothbrush and a swimsuit-- Let's go with the second choice.Jenna: OK. I'II call them right now and reserve it. I can t wait to go!Audio track 3-2-4; 3-2-5Ashley: Excuse me. I’m trying to get to the City Zoo.Jose : oh, let me think…ok, um, how are you getting there?Ashley: I want to drive, if it’s convenient.Jose: well, the directions are easy. See that road over there?Ashley: yes.Jose: that’s Second Avenue. Just go straight down second and turn left at the traffic light. Ashley: ok.Jose: you’ll be on Church Avenue and it goes straight to the zoo.Ashley: oh, so it’s not too far.Jose: no, but the traffic is usually heavy. AndI don’t think the zoo has many parking spaces available for cars.Ashley: hmm…Jose: maybe you should take the subway.Ashley: where do I catch it ?Jose: there’s a sbuway entrance right in front of the park. Take the red line three stops. Cet off at the City Zoo stop. It’s pretty obvious.Ashley: thanks a lot.Jose: no problemAshley: oh, wait. Noe more thing. How much does the sbuway cost?Jose: two dollars.Audio track 3-2-6Realtor: Hello, Mrs Wills. I think this house is perfect for you. I hope you like it.Mrs. Wills: it’s nice and roomy.Realtor: Yes, there’s a lot of room. It’s a four-bedroom house.Mrs. Wills: Great. I need a room for my home office beacause I work at home a lot. And I need two rooms for my kid.Realtor: And there’s also a big yard.Mrs. Wills: Great! I’d love to have a garden. My kids can play there.Realtor: Shall we go outside and have a look?Mrs. Wills: OK.Audio track 3-2-7There are seceral ways to improve life in my city. Our biggest problem is transportation. We really need more ways to get around. I’d like to ride my bicycle to work, but there is too much traffic on the streets. We need safer places for bicyclingand walking. Another problem is the parks. We have some nice parks, but we don’t take good care of them and they are often dirty. We need cleaner parks, where children can play and adults can relax. One more problem is nightlife. There’s nothing to do in the evening! We should build a big theater for plays and concerts.Audio track 3-2-8Take back your streetTwo neighbors meet on a city sidewalk. They talk about planting more flowers along their street, or asking the city council to add bike lanes to a busy road. In small but important ways, these people are changing the face of their cities.All around the world, people are speaking up and working hard to make their cities safer and more pleasant for pedestrians. Cities have painted crosswalks on their streets, made streets narrower, put in traffic lights and speed bumps, and made plans to help more kids walk or bike to school.Many people have learned from a man from Brisbane, Australia, named David Engwicht. His book Reclaiming Our Cities and Towns has a simple message. He says that in the past, streets belonged to everybody. Kids played there, and neighbors stopped there to talk.But now, streets are just for cars and trucks. People stay inside to get away from the noise and dangerous traffic, and we lose contact with our neighbors. Engwicht says that we should use streets for more than just transportation. People need to take back their streets.Engwicht travels around the world, helping people think differently about pedestrians, streets, and neighborhoods. Besides his books and articles, he gives many speeches. He has worked in neighborhoods from Honolulu to Scotland.While Engwicht was writing his book, he learned about how neighbors in the city Delft, in the Netherlands, stopped dangerous traffic on their street. They put old couches, tables, and planters in the streets. Cars could still pass, but they had to drive slowly. When the police arrived, they saw the value of these illegal actions to make the streets safer. Soon city officials started planning ways to make cars slow down, and"calm" the traffic.Engwicht says we should think about streeets as our "outdoor living room."Calming the traffic is just the beginning. In the future, streets will be safe places for childre again, and our neighborswill become our friends.Unit2, Lesson BVideo track 3-2-1Jennifer: Iwant my dream house to be by a lake with a big yard. Iwant to have three bedrooms, and a bigliving room…family room…kitchen area so I can have parties and everyone can be together.Calum:I'd like to have a big swimming pool and a large garden so I could eat outside.Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove. VIartin: Of course a 52-inch plasma TV vould be nice.Alejandra: I woulcl love to have a veranda…a wide veranda…where I can sit during the evenings and read books and xxratch the sun set.Video track 3-2-2Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove. Video track 3-2-3Gian : At my work I'm not allowed to smoke. Anyone who smokes needs to go outside.Martin: I work for the phone company and we're not allowed to give out personal information aboutour customers.Jennifer: We are not allowed to use our cell phones and we can't eat at our desks.Dennis: In my house you can't smoke. A nd…um…as much as possible. You have to take your shoesoff at the door.Nick: I'm not allowed to make noise at night w hen my roommates are sleeping.Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allow ed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…Video track 3-2-4Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allow ed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…City LivingImaginary BeachTakeshi: I can't believe how hot it is out there. Why didn't we go to Hawaii with everyone else? Mike: Because we didn't have the money.Takeshi:Well, why didn t we get an air conditioner'lMike:Hello? Same reason. And quit complaining! We're got air conditioning.Takeshi: Mike, that's a bowl of ice and a fan.Mike: Takeshi, you've got to be more like me and use >rour imagination, then you too can have a beachvacation. See? <pulls down window shade with beach poster> Check our that gorgeous view.Takeshi:Right, but not exactly "realistic."Mike: OK, come over here. Close your eyes. Feel that cool, ocean breeze.Takeshi: Mike, that's the fridge.Mike: Come on! I said, "Use your imagination!" Now close your eyes. Listen to the sound of theseagulls…<makes sound like a seagull> hear the children laughing… <makes sound like children laughing> Why, I think I can even smell a barbeque…<waves a package of hot dogs>Takeshi: Raw hot dogs?Mike: Don't worry. I'm going to cook them up on that grill over there.Takeshi: Mike, you know you're not allowed to use a grill inside an apartment, right?Mike: OK. I'II use the microwave then.Takeshi: A beach, with a microwave. Sure, Mike.Mike: That's the beauty of "Imaginary Beach." We'x-e got a microwave oven, we'xe got a TV with aremote control. Who could ask for anything more?Takeshi: What about water? That's the main reason people go to the beach. What are you going to use for that? The bathtub?Mike:No, that'd be silly. Here we go! <turns on CD player> Feel the ocean mist-- <sprays water onTakeshi>Takeshi: :Mike, that's for spraying plants, not me!Mike:You know, the sound of the waves, the ocean mist-- makes me want to surf.Takeshi : Surf?Mike:Yeah, surf. <starts to fold up ironing board>Takeshi: Mike, no. you can t stand on that, you'II break it!Mike: No, I Won't. <stands on ironing board and pretends to surf> Look at me, dude---- I'm "hangin'ten"!Takeshi: Yeah, cool. <takes cap off water bottle> Hey, "dude"! Watch out for that wave! <throws water inMike's face> Huh, I'm getting the hang of this "imagination" thing.Mike : Very funny, very funny indeed! <chases Takeshi>Unit 3, Lesson AAudio Track 3-3-1 ; 3-3-2Lee: Hi, Ellie.Ellie: Hi, Lee. How are you?Lee: Good. Hey there. Brandon. He's so cute. And you're such a good mother.Ellie: Thanks. Everyone says. "It's not always easy with your first child." You know, I agree with them.Lee: How old is he now?Ellie: He just turned two a month ago.Lee: Oh, no… The "terrible twos." Right?Ellie: Yep. It s so exhausting… for both of us!Lee: Does he throw things around? And cry a lot more?Ellie: Yes, exactly. Sometimes he hits me. I don't know. He was so well-behaved before.Lee: It happens to most babies. They turn two and their personality changes.Ellie: It sounds like you have some experience with "the terrible twos."Lee: I certainly do. My children are five and eleven now. but I still remember when they were y oung. Ellie: What can I do?Lee: Well, remember that it will pass… it won't last forever. Try to be patient.Audio track 3-3-3; 3-3-4Audio track 3-3-5Audio track 3-3-6Audio track 3-3-7; 3-3-8Unit 3 lesson BVideo track 3-3-1Kevin: When I was a child my family and I moved to a new town where I had to make new friends andassimilate to a new environment.Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight---- that was a big event in my life. I had a verydifficult time getting accustomed to being here and…um…but within three, fouryears I hadlearned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Alejandra: When I was a teenager I went to this-- um"' camp in Brazil. At the camp there werethirty-three people from different countries. And this was a turning point in mylife because it helped me learn about different cultures anci that has helped me in w hatI do today and that is work as an international student advisor.Video track 3-3-2Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight—that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getting accustomed to being here andum…but within three, four years I hadlearned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Video track 3-3-3Dennis: I plan to retire in my old age, like about 70, maybe somewhere in Europe. But before that…li ke as early as mavbe about 50 years old, I'd like to put up my own restaurant and…um…seehow that goes.Miyuki: I don't plan on getting married for a very long time, maybe 29…30? I can't even think abouthaving kids yet.Jennifer: I may get married in the fu ture, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I'd like to see menat peace with each other.Vedio track3-3-4Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars. I'd like to see menat peace with each other.City living Go with the flowClaudia: So, when do you start your new job?Roberto: I'm not sure. I mav start as soon as next month.Claudia: Wow!Roberto: Yeah, it's going to be a lot of fun…. expert I'll have to learn how to use that new softwareprogram I told you about.Claudia: Don't worry. I'm a software expert, I'II help y'ou figure it out.Roberto: Thanks.Hey,what about your job? Your boss was transferred to the Asian office. Are yougoing to get promoted?Claudia: I might-- might not. It's not a big deal.Roberto: Huh?Claudia: I've been thinking lately,I don't plan on working my whole life. Someday, maybe in fiveyearsor so, I'm going to quit my job and get out of this stressful life. You know, relax.Have somefun!Roberto: Oh. What are you planning to do?Claudia:I'm definitely going to travel… I might even move to another country, maybe work as a Volunteer…I could even start a new career! Maybe one where I can hilp people…or helpthe world. What about you? What are your plans?Roberto: Well, I've pretty much got everything planned already, right up to my retirement. Claudia: Really?Roberto: Yep. I'm going to work hard and save as much money as possible until I'm about 30…31.thenI'm going to become the Vice President of Finance, and then the CEO by the timeI'm 40…ma ybe 45.Claudia:Yeah?Roberto : Yep. And when I'm 35 or 36, I'm going to settle down, get married, and have some kids Claudia:Oh you are, are you? You know that for a fact?Roberto :Well, it's not a fact---- yet. But really, if you want to succeed, you need to have clear-cut, well-defined goals and aspirationsClaudia:I don't know, I think you should keep your options open. You know…"go with the flow." Robert: "Go with the flovv," eh? So you're not nervous about the promotion?Claudia: I didn't say that. It just won't be the end of the world if I don't get it. What about you? Are younervous about the new job?Roberto : Not really. I'm just going to "go xvirh the flow," as long as the "floxv" follows my plan! Audio track 3-3-17Claudia and Roberto were talking about Roberto’s new job. Roberto was excited, but he was a bit nervous about learning a new software program. Claudia told him not to worry and promised to help him learn it. Then Roberto asked Claudia if she might get promoted soon because her boss had been transferred to a different office. Claudia said that getting promoted was not a big deal. She explained that her goal was to quit her job someday and relax. Roberto, however, said his life was planned already, almost right up to retirement. He thought it was important to have well-defined goals, but Claudia said to Roberto should keep his options open, and"go with the flow."Roberto agreed, but only if the "flow" followed his plan!。

新时代交互英语视听说3答案_完整版_截图+文字

新时代交互英语视听说3答案_完整版_截图+文字

checked was playing quicker more
concentrated
dead for a moment angry yell at Maybe Probably guest dial in big trouble have trouble with used to memory to make matters worse ridiculous took lunch voice
kids baby-sitter bar owners this is happening crazy
here it comes juice bar Aren't you Do I know you Not yet intersting proposition Keep going Let's say deal endorse athletic That's it business card on second thought pay visit
she doesn’t Dean sorry,Nick
12/19
won't be sorry admit lied There you are got reservations just around the corner doing business so much more pleasant talk over over lunch sign basically says endorse the shoes tricked
第 1 单元:
so such a so such so such
a
keep investigating have no choice going with beat us to it You've got to admit missing something as they seem in this case

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3原文(unit4)

新世纪大学英语视听说教程3原文(unit4)

新世纪⼤学英语视听说教程3原⽂(unit4)Unit 4 HealthListeningAudio Track 3-4-1A: Has anyone you know ever fainted?B: Oh, yes. He was one of my high school friends. One day he just fell on the floor and lost consciousness.A: What happened then?B: We felt very anxious. So one of us hurried to tell our teacher, and the rest of us waited beside him.A: Was it serious?B: Thankfully, it wasn’t. He recovered before our teacher arrived.A: How lucky!B: Yeah, he really was. He told us that he had been playing online games all night an d he hadn’t eaten anything. That’s why he felt lightheaded and fainted.Audio Track 3-4-2/Audio Track 3-4-3/Audio Track 3-4-4Female newscaster (F), Male newscaster (M), Woman (W)F: Well, Jim, our next story is a strange one, isn’t it?M: Yes, Irene, it sure is. It surprised everyone. Almost 200 people on a two-week holiday trip to Saint Martin became sick. They’re calling it the “holiday cruise disease.”F: It sounds scary. What caused it?M: The doctors aren’t exactly sure, but they know it was something in the food the passengers ate.F: OK, give us the details.M: All right, here’s the story: On Friday night, the ship departed around 10 p.m. with 300 passengers on board. By Sunday morning, some people reported feeling lightheaded.They stayed in bed. By that afternoon, more than half of the passengers had severe indigestion. Some of them got very sick. We spoke to one woman about her experience.W: Everyone was complaining. My stomach hurt so much I couldn’t eat anything. It was really terrible!F: What’s the situation now?M: Well, the ship had to return home on Monday —after only two and a half days at sea —and most of the passengers went straight to the hospital then.F: How are they doing now?M: They’re exhausted —many haven’t slep t for 48 hours —but they’re doing fine.F: That’s good news. It’s too bad they couldn’t enjoy their vacation.M: Yes, it is. And that’s the next problem. The passengers are asking for their money back, but the company doesn’t want to refund the full amo unt.F: What’s going to happen then?M: Nobody knows. I’ll keep following the story, though, and I’ll have more details for you tomorrow.Audio Track 3-4-5/Audio Track 3-4-6/Audio Track 3-4-7Mom: Have you finished packing?Bill: Almost. I just have to check my tent one last time. I don’t want to forget any of the pieces. Mom: Is that your first aid kit?Bill: Yep.Mom: Well, I see bandages and some aspirin. Where’s everything else?Bill: Like what?Mom: Well, your toothbrush and toothpaste, for example.Bill: I’ll put it in. Don’t worry.Mom: And where is your allergy medicine? You’ll need your nasal spray and some lozenges. Just in case.Bill: OK.Mom: Are you going to pack any lotion? You know, you might touch some poison ivy or something and t hen …Bill: Mom, it’s only an overnight camping trip.Mom: OK, all right then. Oh … what about mouthwash? After you brush your teeth you’re going to want …Bill: Mom, I’m not preparing for a date. I’m going on a camping trip! An overnight camping trip.I think I can live without mouthwash for 24 hours!Mom: All right, then. I was just trying to be helpful. …I’m sure you’ll have a great time.Audio Track 3-4-8Susan: What’s wrong?Anne: I feel exhausted. I didn’t sleep well last night.Susan: Do you have a cold?Anne: No, I’m fine. It’s Fred — he has the flu.Susan: I’m sorry to hear that.Anne: Yeah, it’s pretty bad. He can’t stop coughing. It keeps me awake at night.Audio Track 3-4-9I stopped drinking coffee because I couldn’t sleep at night. It was hard to break that habit, but now I sleep very well, and I don’t wake up in the middle of the night. If you want to stop drinkingcoffee, here’s some advice for you. Don’t stop drinking coffee suddenly. You might get a headache. Reduce the amount of coffee slowly. Drink juice or herbal tea instead. If you usually have coffee in the morning, go for a walk or do exercises instead. That will wake you up. And go to bed early!A lot of people drink coffee just because they feel tired.Audio Track 3-4-10/Audio Track 3-4-11Get in the habit!We all know that good habits bring good health, but we don’t realize how much difference they can make. In the 1970s, scientists at the University of California-Los Angeles interviewed 7,000 people about their health habits. Then they followed these people to see how long they lived. The scientists discovered that seven habits were closely linked with a longer life.These habits are:1. eating breakfast every day2. avoiding snacks between meals3. keeping an ideal weight — not too heavy or too thin4. exercising regularly5. sleeping seven to eight hours per night — not more or less6. not smoking7. drinking two or fewer alcoholic drinks per dayThe researchers found that these habits had a powerful effect on health. People in this study who had three or fewer of these habits lived another 21.6 years. People who had six or seven could expect to live another 33 years! People aged 55 to 64 with all seven good habits were as healthy as younger people aged 25 to 34 who practiced only one or two of the habits.But how do you change your habits? A slow approach is the best way. Make one small change every week. And be patient. It takes about 21 days to form a new habit.Audio Track 3-4-12/Audio Track 3-4-13Surprising syndromes of modern lifeMargaret’s friend is taking a new job in a faraway city. She wants to hold a farewell dinner party at her home. But she can’t. Margaret suffers from CHAOS (Can’t Have Anyone Over Syndrome). Her apartment is messy and she’s embarrassed by it.“I’ve never been a tidy person,” she says. “My best friend gave me some good advice. He told me to get a maid.”Today it’s so easy to get information … and lots of it. We receive telephone calls all day long. People expect a quick response to their faxes, text messages, and e-mail messages. For some people, it’s too much. They have information fatigue syndrome. There is so much information, they become paralyzed and can’t think clearly. “I can’t sleep at night because I worry,” says Bahman, a college senior. “It’s terrible.”Hurry sickness is a straightforward name for another syndrome of modern life. “I’m always rushing. I get headaches a lot. Taking aspirin seems to help,” says Mari, a mother of two and a part-time company employee. Do you engage in “deskfast” (eating breakfast at your desk at work) more than once a week? Then you, too, maysuffer from hurry sickness!We’ve all complained about having too much work to do. Well, how about not having enough work? Underload syndrome is caused by having little or nothing to do at the office. You have to pretend that you’re working. Steven works as a project manager. “I can finish my work in about four hours, but I’m afraid to say anything about it. I don’t want to be assigned too much work!” In severe cases, people with this syndrome can get very bored and even become depressed. Chances are you’ve experienced phone neck before. Another name for it would be “pain in the neck,” because that’s what people with this condition experience. Holding the p hone between your neck and your ear for a long time causes phone neck. A good long massage is the suggested treatment for this syndrome.Audio Track 3-4-14Ed is about to faint.Stop him from falling.Ask him to sit down.Loosen his collar.Ann has already fainted.Lay her on her back.Raise her legs.Check her body for injuries.Speaking and CommunicationAudio Track 3-4-15Chad: Hi, Doctor Park.Doctor: Hi, Chad. How are you today?Chad: Not so great.Doctor: What seems to be the problem?Chad: Well, I have a rash on my arm. I can’t stop scratching it.Doctor: Is there anything else?Chad: Yes. I have a slight fever.Doctor: I see. Have you been in the woods recently?Chad: Let’s see … I went hiking last week.Doctor: Maybe an insect bit you. Please sit up here. Let’s take your temperature.Audio Track 3-4-16A: Excuse me. Are you all right?B: I’m not sure.A: What happened?B: I had a bicycle accident.A: How do you feel?B: My ankle hurts badly.A: Maybe you can’t ride your bi ke for now.B: Yeah, you’re right.A: Is there anything I can do for you?B: Yes, please. Would you mind calling an ambulance for me? Thanks a million.Audio Track 3-4-17A: I seem to have a headache all the time.B: Well, you should try acupuncture.A: Really? Have you tried it yourself?B: Absolutely. It really works.A: I don’t know ... I’m scared of needles.B: Don’t worry. It doesn’t hurt and it’s very safe. You know, it has been used for more than 2,000 years in traditional Chinese medical practice.C: If you’re afraid of needles, perhaps you should try hypnotism.A: Is it effective in curing headaches?C: Sure it is. It has been used to treat nervous energy and pain. The biggest advantage is that no medicine is required because it uses your mind to bring you peace of mind. It will definitely do you good.A: But I’m not sure if I could be hypnotized.C: Relax. I’ll recommend you a very nice hypnotist.D: If you find it difficult to be hypnotized, you should try yoga.A: But it’s physic ally challenging.D: That’s true but yoga emphasizes control of breathing and it’s a very good way to exercise. Daily exercises are said to help ease aches and pains.Video Track 3-4-1Alejandra: Unfortunately, I get colds a couple of times a year. When I get a cold, I feel very weak and my … I’ve got headaches, my throat aches, and I just don’t want to get out of bed. So I stay home, I take medicines and try to drink a lot of liquids.Gian: When I get sick —and I mean really sick —the first thing I do is run to the medicinecabinet and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I’m not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I’m really OK, and it’s just a matter of time.Malinda: When I was younger and I had a sore throat, my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it worked.Dave: I have an aunt in Mexico that believes that toothpaste can cure everything. Toothpaste can cure burns … bee stings …uh … bites … it’s … amazing. “I got a bee sting — ah, put toothpaste on it.” “I got burnt —ah, put toothpaste on it.” “I have cancer —ah, put toothpaste on it.”Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Catherine: My father’s been recently very interested in acupuncture. He’s been having a lot of headaches and backaches so he’s been studying up on acupuncture and he realized that if he puts a needle right here for his headache and a needle right here for his back it eases his pain. I think it works for him. For me I’m a little skeptical but I think if you really believe in it, it works.Video Track 3-4-2Gian: When I get sick — and I mean really sick — the first thing I do is run to the medicine cabi net and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I’m not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I’m really OK, and it’s just a matter of time.Dave: I have an aunt in Mexico that believes that toothpaste can cure everything. Toothpaste can cure burns … bee stings …uh … bites … it’s … amazing. “I got a bee sting — ah, put toothpaste on it.” “I got burnt —ah, put toothpaste on it.” “I have cancer —ha, put toothpaste on it.”Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Catherine: My father’s been recently very interested in acupuncture. He’s been having a lot of headaches and backaches so he’s been studying up on acupuncture and he realized that if he puts a needle right here for his headache and a needle right here for his back it eases his pain. I think it works for him. For me I’m a little skeptical but I think if you really believe in it, it works.Video Track 3-4-3Gian: When I get sick — and I mean really sick — the first thing I do is run to the medicine cabinet and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I’m not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I’m really OK, and it’s just a matter of time.Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works.Video Track 3-4-4Tara: (opening the door to find Takeshi and Mike) Hi (i)Takeshi: Hi.Tara: Thank goodness you’re here! This morn ing she almost fainted, then she felt very tired, and now she says she feels very lightheaded. I don’t know what to do.Takeshi: Has she seen a doctor?Tara: She won’t go. She says she just needs to get some rest.Mike: Did anything happen?Tara: Nothing out of the ordinary. The worst thing is, she has this big meeting with the president of the university tonight. She’s been pretty anxious about it.Takeshi: OK. Let’s take a look.Tara: Sun-hee, Mike and Takeshi are here.Sun-hee: (wakes up) Hey.Takeshi: How are you feeling?Sun-hee: Very tired … and I feel dizzy … and my stomach is killing me … (sighs) I think I might even have a fever. Oh … why do I have that meeting with the president tonight? I can’t stop thinking about it …Mike: Eat some thing, you’ll feel better.Sun-hee: Are you kidding? I can’t eat. I’m not hungry.Takeshi: Maybe you should go for a walk … you know, get some fresh air …Sun-hee: No, I just need to rest.Tara: (phone rings) Hello? Yes … no, this is her roommate, Tara. What? OK … I’ll let her know. Thanks. (to Sun-hee) That was the president’s secretary.Sun-hee: What did she say?Tara: She told me to tell you that tonight’s meeting has been canceled.Sun-hee: Oh, thank goodness. Uh … Mike, can you hand me that orange juic e?Tara: (to Takeshi) I don’t know … maybe we should call a doctor.Takeshi: (to Tara as Sun-hee starts eating and drinking) Yeah, maybe we should.Sun-hee: What’s the matter? Haven’t you ever seen anyone eating before?Tara: (to Sun-hee) I take it you’re feeling better?Sun-hee: I am feeling pretty good. It must be a miracle, or something.Tara: (to Takeshi) Or a lucky phone call.Video Track 3-4-5Tara: (opening the door to find Takeshi and Mike) Hi (i)Takeshi: Hi.Tara: Thank goodness you’re here! This morning she almost fainted, then she felt very tired, and now she says she feels very lightheaded. I don’t know what to do.Takeshi: Has she seen a doctor?Tara: She won’t go. She says she just needs to get some rest.Mike: Did anything happen?Tara: Nothing out of the ordinary. The worst thing is, she has this big meeting with the president of the university tonight. She’s been pretty anxious about it.Takeshi: OK. Let’s take a look.Video Track 3-4-6Tara: Sun-hee, Mike and Takeshi are here.Takeshi: Hi.Sun-hee: (wakes up) Hey.Takeshi: How are you feeling?Sun-hee: Very tired … and I feel dizzy … and my stomach is killing me … (sighs) I think I might even have a fever. Oh … whydo I have that meeting with the president tonight? I can’t stop thinking about it …Mike: Eat something, you’ll feel better.Sun-hee: Are you kidding? I can’t eat. I’m not hungry.Takeshi: Maybe you should go for a walk … you know, get some fresh air …Sun-hee: No, I just need to rest.Tara: (phone rings) Hello? Yes … no,this is her roommate, Tara. What? OK … I’ll let her know. Thanks. (to Sun-hee) That was the president’s secretary.Video Track 3-4-7Sun-hee: What did she say?Tara: She told me to tell you that tonight’s meeting has been canceled.Sun-hee: Oh, thank go odness. Uh … Mike, can you hand me that orange juice?Tara: (to Takeshi) I don’t know … maybe we should call a doctor.Takeshi: (to Tara as Sun-hee starts eating and drinking) Yeah, maybe we should.Sun-hee: What’s the matter? Haven’t you ever seen anyone eating before?Tara: (to Sun-hee) I take it you’re feeling better?Sun-hee: I am feeling pretty good. It must be a miracle, or something.Tara: (to Takeshi) Or a lucky phone call.。

新世纪交互英语视听说3视频对话文本复习过程

新世纪交互英语视听说3视频对话文本复习过程
you'll be a great reporter. But don't let your emotions get in the way of your
story.
A Job For Talia
: Bad news. The audio expert needs another day to check the tape.
Keep going. I was listening.
Why don’t we meet at my office tomorrow? Let’s say15, 12:30. We can have lunch
ll tell you about the deal.
She offered16 me this deal. Fifty thousand dollars just to endorse a new line of athletic
: Nick?
: I know you, don’t I?
: Yes. I’m Talia, Talia Santos.
: Yeah, Talia! Of course!
: After all these years, I’m surprised you remember me.
: How could I forget you?? We were in an English literature class together, weren’t we?
Breaking News
: OK. I'll get this tape to an expert.
If we can, we'll run the tape on tonight's broadcast—before the competition hears

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文

Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1 Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plants while I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen. Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3Esther: We have to leave in thirty minutes. Have you finished packing?Mina: Yes, I have…Esther: You look worried. What's wrong?Mina: I can't remember u here I put my passport.Esther: Oh, no!Mina: It's here somewhere.Esther: When did you last have it?Mina: About ten minutes ago. Let me think…Oh, there it is. I put it on the dresser. Esther: What a relief!Track 3-1-41. The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.2.1 have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was----there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of m}'f flight. attendants was serving…I think…she was serving food…and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance…and her hand landed on the guy’s head, who had a toupee.When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh…Track 3-1-OL-1 Track 3-1-OL-2W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment. W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-OL-3Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-OL-4S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-OL-5 Track 3-1-OL-6Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras and cellphones.Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it. If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the emptyspace and helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit.4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’s checks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you. Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Track 3-1-OL-7 Track 3-1-OL-8Travel TodayGoing solo is the way to go!By D. ToorHow do you usually travel? Do you go with a close friend or a group of friends? Do you join a tour group? Do you travel with your family? Have you ever imagined "going solo"? In the mid 1990s, it was estimated that 9 million Americans were planning a summer vacation alone. Since then, the number of solo travelers has increased.You may think that traveling alone would be scary or boring. Well, according to people who do it, that's not exactly true. Solo travelers often have positive experiences: they make new friends, get to know themselves better, and can make their own schedules.There are many different things you can do on a vacation alone. Some solo travelers use the time to learn or practice a sport such as golf, mountain climbing, or scuba diving. Others go and stayon a ranch and learn how to ride a horse. You can pretend to be a cowboy or a cowgirl for a day! You may not believe this, but some travelers like to study on their vacation. They even go to "vacation college" at a university or join a research team as a volunteer worker. It's hard but satisfying work. You can "play scientist" for a week or two while you help someone with their project.For solo travelers of different ages and genders, there are many travel options, There are tours for women only and for people over the age of 60. And, of course, there are trips for singles who are looking for romance. One company offers trips that focus on fine dining----there is time for sightseeing during the day and for sharing a delicious meal with new friends at night. The next time you take a trip somewhere, why don't you consider going solo?Bon voyage!Global ViewpointsP13 ADave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requested a vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to my roommate, and I water my plant.Julianna: The funniest story of m}'r traveling experience was w hen I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out. Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my second trip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't really know the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter and just flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let's go there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis: I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendants was serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head, who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh--City LivingMexico----here we come!Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized around here. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it!Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someone forgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----here we come!Track 3-1-OL-9Sun-hee, Claudia, and Tara are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 4, Lesson ATrack 3-4-1 Track 3-4-2(F): Well, Jim, our next story is a strange one, isn't it?(M): Yes, Irene, it sure is. It surprised everyone. Almost 200 people on a two-week holiday trip to Saint Martin became sick. They're calling it the "holiday cruise disease." It sounds scary. What caused it? The doctors aren't exactly sure, but they know it was something in the food thepassengers ate. OK, give us the details. All right, here's the story: On Friday night, the ship departed around 10 p.m. with 300 passengers on board. By Sunday morning, some people reported feeling lightheaded. They stayed in bed. By that afternoon, more than half of the passengers had severe indigestion. Some of them got very sick. We spoke to one woman about her experience. Everyone was complaining. My stomach hurt so much I couldn't eat anything. It was really terrible! What's the situation now? Well, the ship had to return home on Monday---- after only two and a half days at sea---- and most of the passengers went straight to the hospital then.F: How are they doing now?M: They're exhausted---- many haven't slept for 48 hours---- but they're doing fine.F: That's good news. It's too bad they couldn't enjoy their vacation.M: Yes, it is. And that’s the next problem. The passengers are asking for their money back, but the company doesn't want to refund the full amount.F: What's going to happen then?M: Nobody knows. I'II keep following the story, though, and I'II have more details for you tomorrow. Track 3-4-3Chad: Hi, Doctor Park.Doctor: Hi, Chad. How are you today?Chad: Not so great.Doctor: What seems to be the problem?Chad: Well, I have a rash on my arm. I can't stop scratching it.Doctor: Is there anything else?Chad: Yes. I have a slight fever.Doctor: I see. Have you been in the woods recently?Chad: Let's see…I went hiking last week.Doctor: Maybe an insect bit you. Please sit up here. Let's take your temperature.Track 3-4-41. When I was younger and I had a sore throat my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it works.2. I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Track 3-4-OL-1 Track 3-4-OL-2M: Are you finished packing?B: Almost. I just have to check my tent one last time, I don’t want to forget any of the pieces. M: Is that your first aid kit?B: Yep.M: Well, I see bandages and some aspirin, where’s everything else?B: Like what?M: Well, your toothbrush and toothpaste for example.B: Huh… I’ll put it in, don’t worry.M: And where is your allergy medicine? You’ll need your nasal spray and some lozenges, just in case.B: OKM: Are you going to pack any lotion? You know, you might touch some poison or something…B: Mom! It’s only an overnight camping trip.M: OK. All right then. Oh, what about mouthwash? After you brush you teeth, you’re going to wantto…B: Mom! I’m not preparing for a date! I’m going on a camping trip, an overnight camping trip!I think I can live without mouthwash for 24 hours!M: All right then. I was just trying to be helpful. I’m sure you’ll have a great time. Track 3-4-OL-3A: What’s wrong?B: I feel exhausted. I didn’t sleep well last night.A: Do you have a cold?B: No, I’m fine. It’s Fred, he has the flu.A: I’m sorry to hear that.B: Yeah, it’s pretty bad. He can’t stop coughing. It keeps me awake at night.Track 3-4-OL-4I stopped drinking coffee because I couldn’t sleep at night. It was had to break that habit, but now I sleep very well, and I don’t wake up in the middle of the night. If you want to stop drinking coffee, here’s some advice for you. Don’t stop drinking coffee suddenly. You might get a headache. Reduce the amount of coffee slowly. Drink juice or herbal tea instead. If you usually have coffee in the morning, go for a walk or do exercises instead. That will wake you up. And go to bed early! A lot of people drink coffee just because the feel tired.Track 3-4-OL-5 Track 3-4-OL-6Get in the habitWe all know that good habits bring in good health. But we don’t realize how much difference they can make. In the 1970s, scientists at the University of California, LA interviews seven thousand people about their health habits. Then they follow these people to see how long they lived. The scientist discovered that seven habits were closely linked with a longer life. These habits are:1. Eating breakfast everyday. 2. Avoiding snacks between meals.3. Keeping an ideal weight, not too heavy or too thin.4. Exercising regularly. 5. Sleeping 7 to 8 hours per night, not more or less.6. Not smoking.7. Drink two or fewer alcoholic drinks per day. The researchers found that these habits had a powerful effect on health. People in the study who had three or fewer of these habits lived another 21.6 years. People who had six or seven could expect to live another 33 years. People age 55 to 64 with all seven good habits were as healthy as younger people age 25 to 34 who practiced only one or two of the habits. But how do you change your habits? A slow approach is the best way. Make one small change every week and be patient, it takes about 21 days to form a new habit.Track 3-4-OL-7 Track 3-4-OL-8Surprising syndromes of modem lifeR4argaret's friend is taking a new job in a faraway city. She wants to hold a farewell dinner party at her home. But she can't. Margaret suffers from CHAOS (Can't Have Anyone Over Syndrome). Her apartment is messy and she's embarrassed by it. "I've never been a tidy person," she says. "My best friend gave me some good advice. He told me to get a maid." Today it's so easy to get information--and lots of it. We receive telephone calls all day long. People expect a quick response to their faxes, text messages, and e-mail messages. I;or some people, it's too much. They have information fatigue syndrome. There is so much information, they become paralyzed and can't think clearly "I can't sleep at night because I worry," says Bahman, a college senior. "It's terrible." Hurry sickness is a straightforward name for another syndrome of modern life. "I'malways rushing. Get headaches a lot. Taking aspirin seems to help," says Mari, a mother of two and a part-time company employee. Do you engage in "deskfast" (eating breakfast at your desk at work) more than once a week? Then you, too, may suffer from hurry sickness! We've all complained about having too much work to do. Well, now about not having enough work?Underload syndrome is caused by having little or nothing to do at the office. You have to pretend that you're working. Steven works as a project manager. "I can finish my work in about four hours, but I'm afraid to say anything about it. I don't want to be assigned too much work!" In severe cases, people with this syndrome can get very bored and even became depressed. Chances are you're experienced phone neck before. Another name for it would be "pain in the neck," because that's what people with this condition experience. Holding the phone between your neck and your ear for a long time causes phone neck. A good long message is the suggested treatment for this syndrome. Unit 4, Lesson BGlobal ViewpointsP65 AAlejandra: Unfortunately, I get colds a couple of times a year. When I get a cold, I feel very weak and I've got headaches, my throat aches, and I just don't want to get out of bed. So I stay home. I take medicines and try to drink a lot of liquids.Gian: When I get sick----and I mean really sick---- the first thing I do is run to the machine cabinet and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I'm not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I'm really OK, and it's just a matter of time.Malinda: When I xx-as younger and I had a sore throat, my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it worked.Dave: I have an aunt in Mexico that believes that toothpaste can cure everything. Toothpaste can cure burns---bee stings---uh-- bites-- it's... amazing. "I got a bee sting---- ah, put toothpasteon it." "I got burnt---- ah, put toothpaste on it." "I have cancer---- ah, put toothpaste on it." Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Catherine: My father's been recently very interested in acupuncture. He's been having a lot of headaches and backaches so he's been studying up on acupuncture and he realized that if he puts a needle right here for his headache and a needle right here for his back it eases his pain. I think it works for him. For me I'm a little skeptical but I think if you really believe in it, it works.City LivingIt must be a miracle!Tara: (opening the door to find Takeshi and Mike) Hi--hi.Takeshi: Hi.Tara: Thank goodness you're here! This morning she almost fainted, then she felt very tired, and now she says she feels very lightheaded. I don't know hat to do.Takeshi: Has she seen a doctor?Tara: She won't go. She says just needs to get some rest.Mike: Did anything happen?Tara: Nothing out of the ordinary. The worst thing is, she has this big meeting with the president of the university tonight. She's been pretty anxious about it.Takeshi: OK. Let's take a look.Tara: Sun-hee, Mike and Takeshi are hereTakeshi: Hi.Sun-hee: (wakes up) Hey.Takeshi: How are you feeling?Sun-hee: Very tired--and I feel dizzy--and my stomach is killing me"' (sighs) I think I might even have a fever. Oh--why do I have that meeting with the president tonight? I can't stop thinking about it...Mike: Eat something, you'll feel better.Sun-hee :Are you kidding? I can't eat. I'm not hungry.Takeshi: Maybe you should go for a walk-- you know, get some fresh air--Sun-hee :No, I just need to rest.Tara: (phone rings) Hello? Yes ... no, this is her roommate, Tara. What? OK--I'll let her know. Thanks. (to Sun-hee) That was the president's secretary,Sun-hee :What did she say?Tara: She told me to tell you that tonight's meeting has been canceled.Sun-hee: Oh, thank goodness. Uh--Mike, can you hand me that orange juice?Tara: (to Takeshi) I don't know maybe we should call a doctor.Takeshi: (to Tara as Sun-hee starts eating and drinking) Yeah, maybe we should.Sun-hee: What's the matter? Haven't you ever seen anyone eating before?Tara: (to Sun-hee) I take it you're feeling better?Sun-hee: I am feeling pretty good. It must be a miracle, or something.Tara: (to Takeshi) Or a lucky phone call.Track 3-4-OL-9Sun-hee doesn’t feel well, so Tara asks Takeshi and Mike to come over. When they arrive, Takeshi asks Sun-hee how she is feeling. Sun-hee says she’s very tired, a little dizzy, and that she might even have a fever. Tara then explains that Sun-hee has also been very anxious about a meeting with the president of her university. Mike tells Sun-hee to eat something, but she says.” I can’t eat. I’m not hungry.” Then the phone rings. It’s the president’s secretary. She tells Tara to tell Sun-hee that tonight’s meeting has been canceled. When Sun-hee gets the news, she starts to feel much better and says,” it must be a miracle or something.” But her friends know it’s not a miracle. She was just really nervous about the meeting!Track 3-5-4D. Listen to two people talking about their plans after graduation. Pay attention to the expressions they use. Then talk about your own plans after graduation.1. After I finished my Ph.D., I would like to go back to Senegal and start my own business in agriculture.2. After graduation I plan to find a good job. I also plan to start a famil}f and buy a house. Track 3-5-OL-1 Track 3-5-OL-2W: And finally today, we have a report about graduating seniors, Jason Kim standing by. Jason, are you there?J: Hi, Lucy.W: The natural Times newspaper asked college seniors “what are you going to do after you graduate? ”J: That’s right. Lucy. The students gave them surprising answers too.W: For example?J: Well, more than 50% of the students say they aren’t going to start a new job right away. W: Well, what are their future plans?J: Let’s ask some of them. Excuse me?M: Yes?J: I’m Jason Kim from SCA TV. Your name please?M: Mesuki.J: And what are you studying in.M: Art.J: OK, Mizuki, what are you going to do after graduate?G: I don’t know. I’ll probably chill out for a while.J: Chill out?M: You know, relax.J: OK, Mizuki, thanks for your comments. Hello, I’m Jason Kim and we’re doing a live report. What’s your name and major?R: My name is Robert and I’m studying in law.J: What are you going to do after you graduate?R: I don’t know, maybe I’ll take a long trip.J: What about a job?R: Work? Maybe one of these days, but first I’d like to take a trip.J: Thank you Robert and good luck. Well, that’s all for now. this is been Jason Kim and my report on college seniors. Now back to you Lucy.Track 3-5-OL-31. Eduardo: Hi, I’m Eduardo. I got accepted to college recently. Since the school is just in my neighborhood, I’m going to live at home. I’ll not apply for a scholarship because it’s too hard to get it. I think I’ll be able to support myself by working part-time. In my view, money is very important though it’s not everything. So most probably I’ll study business, I hope I can make it big after my graduation.2.Jill: I’m Jill, I’m going to join a sorority, I want to make more friends of the same sex.I think that women should be united should always help each other. I’m going to volunteer work in my spare time to help those old-aged ladies in the community with their errands. I’m not going to a large university since I can’t afford it.3.Max and Sara: I’m Max and this is Sara. We love each other, we’re not going to live in student housing. We plan to live in a mid-sized apartment not far away from the university. We’re going to study together and work part-time.Track 3-5-OL-4I’m Mary and I’m twenty. I’m studying in life-long education at the university of Tokyo. I think it’s important for everyone to keep learning all their lives. That’s why I choose the major in life-long education. Personally I’m planning to further my education in an American university after graduation. So right now I’m taking an English class. I want to improve my English. I’m working part-time at a video store because I need to save money for my studies abroad. I have a boyfriend and he wants to go and study in the United States too. We have similar interests and personalities. I’m going to get married and live in a house by the ocean. Sooner or later。

新世纪大学英语视听说3(第三版)听力原文

新世纪大学英语视听说3(第三版)听力原文

视听说3 unit1—unit6Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plantswhile I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail?Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though.Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3;3-1-4;3-1-5W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead partment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-6Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-7S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can e in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the puter.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-8;3-1-9Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything.Reveal it about a week before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items likecameras and cellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it. If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It usesthe empty space and helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit.4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, planetickets, traveler’s checks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you. Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage. Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead partment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember topack a few rub of bans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful.Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Unit 1 Lesson BVideo track 3-1-1Dave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend.Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requesteda vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to myroommate, and I water my plant.Video track 3-1-2Julianna: The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first timeby myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my handsto explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my secondtrip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't reallyknow the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter andjust flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let'sgo there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—video track 3-1-3Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—City LivingMexico----here we e!Video track 3-1-4Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you? Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized aroundhere. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it!Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someoneforgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me?Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we e!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----herewe e!Track 3-1-18Sun-hee, Tara, and Claudia are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voic message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon es running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 2, Lesson ATrack 3-2-2;3-2-3Jenna: OK, I think we have two choices. The first place is a little house. It's located in a fruit orchard.Carson: Really?Jenna: Yeah. And you can eat as much fruit as you want. When it's in season, of course. Oh---but wait.It says there’s no air conditioner.Carson:That's OK. It's on the rainy side of the island. It's cooler there. We can use a fan.Jenna:You're probably right…Say. It looks pretty basic. No washing machine or dryer… not even aTV!Carson: Oh no! What are we going to do without a TV?That's terrible!Jenna: Very funny. I'm just letting you know about the place.Carson: I know. What's our second choice?Jenna: It's on the opposite side----the sunny side----of the island. Very fancy place with a bigswimming pool. It s only three blocks from the ocean.Carson: Who needs a swimming pool? I mean, it's only three blocks.Jenna: I see your point. VVell, the pool area also has barbecue grills, beautiful gardens'-Carson: You like the second place better. I can tell..Jenna: Well, it does have everything. Washing machine, dryer, TV, VCR, frying pan'*'Carson: All we need is a toothbrush and a swimsuit-- Let's go with the second choice.Jenna: OK. I'II call them right now and reserve it. I can t wait to go!Audio track 3-2-4; 3-2-5Ashley: Excuse me. I’m trying to get to the City Zoo.Jose : oh, let me think…ok, um, how are you getting there?Ashley: I want to drive, if it’s convenient.Jose: well, the directions are easy. See that road over there?Ashley: yes.Jose: that’s Second Avenue. Just go straight down second and turn left at the traffic light.Ashley: ok.Jose: you’ll be on Church Avenue and it goes straight to the zoo.Ashley: oh, so it’s not too far.Jose: no, but the traffic is usually heavy. AndI don’t think the zoo has many parking spaces available for cars.Ashley: hmm…Jose: maybe you should take the subway.Ashley: where do I catch it ?Jose: there’s a sbuway entrance right in front of the park. Take the red line three stops. Cet off at the City Zoo stop. It’s pretty obvious.Ashley: thanks a lot.Jose: no problemAshley: oh, wait. Noe more thing. How much does the sbuway cost?Jose: two dollars.Audio track 3-2-6Realtor: Hello, Mrs Wills. I think this house is perfect for you. I hope you like it.Mrs. Wills: it’s nice and roomy.Realtor: Yes, there’s a lot of room. It’s a four-bedroom house.Mrs. Wills: Great. I need a room for my home office beacause I work at home a lot. And I need two rooms for my kid.Realtor: And there’s also a big yard.Mrs. Wills: Great! I’d love to have a garden. My kids can play there.Realtor: Shall we go outside and have a look?Mrs. Wills: OK.Audio track 3-2-7There are seceral ways to improve life in my city. Our biggest problem is transportation. We really need more ways to get around. I’d like to ride my bicycle to work, but there is too much traffic on the streets. We need safer places for bicyclingand walking. Another problem is the parks. We have some nice parks, but we don’t take good care of them and they are often dirty. We need cleaner parks, where children can play and adults can relax. One more problem is nightlife. There’s nothing to do in the evening! We should build a big theater forplays and concerts.Audio track 3-2-8Take back your streetTwo neighbors meet on a city sidewalk. They talk about planting more flowers along their street, or asking the city council to add bike lanes to a busy road. In small but important ways, these people are changing the face of their cities.All around the world, people are speaking up and working hard to make their cities safer and more pleasant for pedestrians. Cities have painted crosswalks on their streets, made streets narrower, put in traffic lights and speed bumps, and made plans to help more kids walk or bike to school.Many people have learned from a man from Brisbane, Australia, named David Engwicht. His book Reclaiming Our Cities and Towns has a simple message. He says that in the past, streets belonged to everybody. Kids played there, and neighbors stopped there to talk.But now, streets are just for cars and trucks. People stay inside to get away from the noise and dangerous traffic, and we lose contact with our neighbors. Engwicht says that we should use streets for more than just transportation. People need to take back their streets.Engwicht travels around the world, helping people think differently about pedestrians, streets, and neighborhoods. Besides his books and articles, he gives many speeches. He has worked in neighborhoods from Honolulu to Scotland.While Engwicht was writing his book, he learned about how neighbors in the city Delft, in the Netherlands, stopped dangerous traffic on their street. They put old couches, tables, and planters in the streets. Cars could still pass, but they had to drive slowly. When the police arrived, they saw the value of these illegal actions to make the streets safer. Soon city officials started planning ways to make cars slow down, and“calm” the traffic.Engwicht says we should think about streeets as our “outdoor living room.”C alming the traffic is just the beginning. In the future, streets will be safe places for childre again, and our neighbors will bee our friends.Unit2, Lesson BVideo track 3-2-1Jennifer: Iwant my dream house to be by a lake with a big yard. Iwant to have three bedrooms, and a bigliving room…family room…kitchen area so I can have parties and everyone can be together.Calum:I'd like to have a big swimming pool and a large garden so I could eat outside.Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove.VIartin: Of course a 52-inch plasma TV vould be nice.Alejandra: I woulcl love to have a veranda…a wide veranda…where I can sit during the evenings and read books and xxratch the sun set.Video track 3-2-2Dennis: If I could have anything in rny dream house I would like to have a high-tech stove.Video track 3-2-3Gian : At my work I'm not allowed to smoke. Anyone who smokes needs to go outside.Martin: I work for the phone pany and we're not allowed to give out personal information aboutour customers.Jennifer: We are not allowed to use our cell phones and we can't eat at our desks.Dennis: In my house you can't smoke. And…um…as much as possible. You have to take your shoesoff at the door.Nick: I'm not allowed to make noise at night w hen my roommates are sleeping. Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowedto do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allowed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…Video track 3-2-4Calum: Well, there are actually too many rules in my dormitory, so I'm not allowed to do a lot of things. For instance, I'm not allowed to play music that's too loud so that it might disturb other people. I'm not allowed to smoke inside. I'm not alloxNed to have alcohol in the rooms…City LivingImaginary BeachTakeshi: I can't believe how hot it is out there. Why didn't we go to Hawaii with everyone else?Mike: Because we didn't have the money.Takeshi:Well, why didn t we get an air conditioner'lMike:Hello? Same reason. And quit plaining! We're got air conditioning. Takeshi: Mike, that's a bowl of ice and a fan.Mike: Takeshi, you've got to be more like me and use >rour imagination, then you too can have a beachvacation. See? (pulls down window shade with beach poster) Check our that gorgeous view.Takeshi:Right, but not exactly "realistic."Mike: OK, e over here. Close your eyes. Feel that cool, ocean breeze.Takeshi: Mike, that's the fridge.Mike: e on! I said, "Use your imagination!" Now close your eyes. Listen to the sound of theseagulls…(makes sound like a seagull) hear the children laughing… (makes sound like children laughing) Why, I think I can even smell a barbeque…(waves a package of hot dogs)Takeshi: Raw hot dogs?Mike: Don't worry. I'm going to cook them up on that grill over there.Takeshi: Mike, you know you're not allowed to use a grill inside an apartment, right?Mike: OK. I'II use the microwave then.Takeshi: A beach, with a microwave. Sure, Mike.Mike: That's the beauty of "Imaginary Beach." We'x-e got a microwave oven, we'xe got a TV with aremote control. Who could ask for anything more?Takeshi: What about water? That's the main reason people go to the beach. What are you going to use for that? The bathtub?Mike:No, that'd be silly. Here we go! (turns on CD player) Feel the ocean mist-- (sprays water onTakeshi)Takeshi: :Mike, that's for spraying plants, not me!Mike:You know, the sound of the waves, the ocean mist-- makes me want to surf.Takeshi : Surf?Mike:Yeah, surf. (starts to fold up ironing board)Takeshi: Mike, no. you can t stand on that, you'II break it!Mike: No, I Won't. (stands on ironing board and pretends to surf) Look at me, dude---- I'm "hangin'ten"!Takeshi: Yeah, cool. (takes cap off water bottle) Hey, "dude"! Watch out for that wave! (throws water inMike's face) Huh, I'm getting the hang of this "imagination" thing.Mike : Very funny, very funny indeed! (chases Takeshi)Unit 3, Lesson AAudio Track 3-3-1 ; 3-3-2Lee: Hi, Ellie.Ellie: Hi, Lee. How are you?Lee: Good. Hey there. Brandon. He's so cute. And you're such a good mother.Ellie: Thanks. Everyone says. "It's not always easy with your first child." You k now, I agree with them.Lee: How old is he now?Ellie: He just turned two a month ago.Lee: Oh, no… The "terrible twos." Right?Ellie: Yep. It s so exhaus ting… for both of us!Lee: Does he throw things around? And cry a lot more?Ellie: Yes, exactly. Sometimes he hits me. I don't know. He was so well-behave d before.Lee: It happens to most babies. They turn two and their personality changes. Ellie: It sounds like you have some experience with "the terrible twos."Lee: I certainly do. My children are five and eleven now. but I still remember when they were young. Ellie: What can I do?Lee: Well, remember that it will pass… it won't last forever. Try to be patient. Audio track 3-3-3; 3-3-4Audio track 3-3-5Audio track 3-3-6Audio track 3-3-7; 3-3-8Unit 3 lesson BVideo track 3-3-1Kevin: When I was a child my family and I moved to a new town where I had to make new friends andassimilate to a new environment.Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight---- that was a big event in my life. I had a verydifficult time getting accustomed to being hereand…um…but within three, four years I hadlearned English and I juststarted speaking and I adjusted.Alejandra: When I was a teenager I went to this-- um"' camp in Brazil. At the camp there werethirty-three people from different countries. And this was aturning point in my life because it helped me learn about differentcultures anci that has helped me in w hat I do today and that is work asan international student advisor.Video track 3-3-2Miyuki: I came to the United States when I was eight—that was a big event in my life. I had a very difficult time getting accustomed to being here andum…but within three, four years I hadlearned English and I just started speaking and I adjusted.Video track 3-3-3Dennis: I plan to retire in my old age, like about 70, maybe somewhere in Europe.But before that…like as earl y as mavbe about 50 years old, I'd like to put up my own restaurant and…um…seehow that goes.Miyuki: I don't plan on getting married for a very long time, maybe 29…30? I can't even think abouthaving kids yet.Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars.I'd like to see menat peace with each other.Vedio track3-3-4Jennifer: I may get married in the future, I'd like to have kids someday, but I don t know…we'll see.Martin: In my lifetime one of the things that I would like to see is the end of wars.I'd like to see menat peace with each other.City living Go with the flowClaudia: So, when do you start your new job?Roberto: I'm not sure. I mav start as soon as next month.Claudia: Wow!Roberto: Yeah, it's going to be a lot of fun…. expert I'll have to learn how to use that new softwareprogram I told you about.Claudia: Don't worry. I'm a software expert, I'II help y'ou figure it out.Roberto: Thanks.Hey,what about your job? Your boss was transferred to the Asian office. Are yougoing to get promoted?Claudia: I might-- might not. It's not a big deal.Roberto: Huh?Claudia: I've been thinking lately,I don't plan on working my whole life. Someday, maybe in five yearsor so, I'm going to quit my job and get out of this stressful life. You know, relax. Have somefun!Roberto: Oh. What are you planning to do?Claudia:I'm definitely going to travel… I might even move to ano ther country, maybe work as aVolunteer…I could even start a new career! Maybe one where I can hilp people…or helpthe world. What about you? What are your plans?Roberto: Well, I've pretty much got everything planned already, right up to my retirement.Claudia: Really?Roberto: Yep. I'm going to work hard and save as much money as possible until I'm about 30…31. thenI'm going to bee the Vice President of Finance, andthen the CEO by the time I'm 40…ma ybe 45.Claudia:Yeah?Roberto : Yep. And when I'm 35 or 36, I'm going to settle down, get married, andhave some kidsClaudia:Oh you are, are you? You know that for a fact?Roberto :Well, it's not a fact---- yet. But really, if you want to succeed, you need to have clear-cut,well-defined goals and aspirationsC laudia:I don't know, I think you should keep your options open. You know…"go with the flow."Robert: "Go with the flovv," eh? So you're not nervous about the promotion?Claudia: I didn't say that. It just won't be the end of the world if I don't get it. What about you? Are younervous about the new job?Roberto : Not really. I'm just going to "go xvirh the flow," as long as the "floxv" follows my plan!Audio track 3-3-17Claudia and Roberto were talking about Roberto’s new job. Roberto was excited, but he was a bit nervous about learning a new software program. Claudia told him not to worry and promised to help him learn it. Then Roberto asked Claudia if she might get promoted soon because her boss had been transferred to a different office. Claudia said that getting promoted was not a big deal. She explained that her goal was to quit her job someday and relax. Roberto, however, said his life was planned already, almost right up to retirement. He thought it was important to have well-defined goals, but Claudia said to Roberto should keep his options open, and“go with the flow.”R oberto agreed, but only if the “flow” followed his plan!。

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文精编版

新世纪大学英语系列教材视听说教程3听力原文精编版

Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1 Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plants while I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen. Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though. Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3Esther: We have to leave in thirty minutes. Have you finished packing?Mina: Yes, I have…Esther: You look worried. What's wrong?Mina: I can't remember u here I put my passport.Esther: Oh, no!Mina: It's here somewhere.Esther: When did you last have it?Mina: About ten minutes ago. Let me think…Oh, there it is. I put it on the dresser. Esther: What a relief!Track 3-1-41. The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.2.1 have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was----there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of m}'f flight. attendants was serving…I think…she was serving food…and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance…and her hand landed on the guy’s head, who had a toupee.When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh…Track 3-1-OL-1 Track 3-1-OL-2W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment. W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-OL-3Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-OL-4S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-OL-5 Track 3-1-OL-6Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras and cellphones.Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it. If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the emptyspace and helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit.4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’s checks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you. Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Track 3-1-OL-7 Track 3-1-OL-8Travel TodayGoing solo is the way to go!By D. ToorHow do you usually travel? Do you go with a close friend or a group of friends? Do you join a tour group? Do you travel with your family? Have you ever imagined "going solo"? In the mid 1990s, it was estimated that 9 million Americans were planning a summer vacation alone. Since then, the number of solo travelers has increased.You may think that traveling alone would be scary or boring. Well, according to people who do it, that's not exactly true. Solo travelers often have positive experiences: they make new friends, get to know themselves better, and can make their own schedules.There are many different things you can do on a vacation alone. Some solo travelers use the time to learn or practice a sport such as golf, mountain climbing, or scuba diving. Others go and stayon a ranch and learn how to ride a horse. You can pretend to be a cowboy or a cowgirl for a day! You may not believe this, but some travelers like to study on their vacation. They even go to "vacation college" at a university or join a research team as a volunteer worker. It's hard but satisfying work. You can "play scientist" for a week or two while you help someone with their project.For solo travelers of different ages and genders, there are many travel options, There are tours for women only and for people over the age of 60. And, of course, there are trips for singles who are looking for romance. One company offers trips that focus on fine dining----there is time for sightseeing during the day and for sharing a delicious meal with new friends at night. The next time you take a trip somewhere, why don't you consider going solo?Bon voyage!Global ViewpointsP13 ADave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend. Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requested a vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to my roommate, and I water my plant.Julianna: The funniest story of m}'r traveling experience was w hen I came to the U.S. for the first time by myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my hands to explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out. Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my second trip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't really know the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter and just flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let's go there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis: I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniest I could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendants was serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulence happened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head, who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns were on his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh--City LivingMexico----here we come!Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized around here. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it!Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someone forgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me? Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----here we come!Track 3-1-OL-9Sun-hee, Claudia, and Tara are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 4, Lesson ATrack 3-4-1 Track 3-4-2(F): Well, Jim, our next story is a strange one, isn't it?(M): Yes, Irene, it sure is. It surprised everyone. Almost 200 people on a two-week holiday trip to Saint Martin became sick. They're calling it the "holiday cruise disease." It sounds scary. What caused it? The doctors aren't exactly sure, but they know it was something in the food thepassengers ate. OK, give us the details. All right, here's the story: On Friday night, the ship departed around 10 p.m. with 300 passengers on board. By Sunday morning, some people reported feeling lightheaded. They stayed in bed. By that afternoon, more than half of the passengers had severe indigestion. Some of them got very sick. We spoke to one woman about her experience. Everyone was complaining. My stomach hurt so much I couldn't eat anything. It was really terrible! What's the situation now? Well, the ship had to return home on Monday---- after only two and a half days at sea---- and most of the passengers went straight to the hospital then.F: How are they doing now?M: They're exhausted---- many haven't slept for 48 hours---- but they're doing fine.F: That's good news. It's too bad they couldn't enjoy their vacation.M: Yes, it is. And that’s the next problem. The passengers are asking for their money back, but the company doesn't want to refund the full amount.F: What's going to happen then?M: Nobody knows. I'II keep following the story, though, and I'II have more details for you tomorrow. Track 3-4-3Chad: Hi, Doctor Park.Doctor: Hi, Chad. How are you today?Chad: Not so great.Doctor: What seems to be the problem?Chad: Well, I have a rash on my arm. I can't stop scratching it.Doctor: Is there anything else?Chad: Yes. I have a slight fever.Doctor: I see. Have you been in the woods recently?Chad: Let's see…I went hiking last week.Doctor: Maybe an insect bit you. Please sit up here. Let's take your temperature.Track 3-4-41. When I was younger and I had a sore throat my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it works.2. I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Track 3-4-OL-1 Track 3-4-OL-2M: Are you finished packing?B: Almost. I just have to check my tent one last time, I don’t want to forget any of the pieces. M: Is that your first aid kit?B: Yep.M: Well, I see bandages and some aspirin, where’s everything else?B: Like what?M: Well, your toothbrush and toothpaste for example.B: Huh… I’ll put it in, don’t worry.M: And where is your allergy medicine? You’ll need your nasal spray and some lozenges, just in case.B: OKM: Are you going to pack any lotion? You know, you might touch some poison or something…B: Mom! It’s only an overnight camping trip.M: OK. All right then. Oh, what about mouthwash? After you brush you teeth, you’re going to wantto…B: Mom! I’m not preparing for a date! I’m going on a camping trip, an overnight camping trip!I think I can live without mouthwash for 24 hours!M: All right then. I was just trying to be helpful. I’m sure you’ll have a great time. Track 3-4-OL-3A: What’s wrong?B: I feel exhausted. I didn’t sleep well last night.A: Do you have a cold?B: No, I’m fine. It’s Fred, he has the flu.A: I’m sorry to hear that.B: Yeah, it’s pretty bad. He can’t stop coughing. It keeps me awake at night.Track 3-4-OL-4I stopped drinking coffee because I couldn’t sleep at night. It was had to break that habit, but now I sleep very well, and I don’t wake up in the middle of the night. If you want to stop drinking coffee, here’s some advice for you. Don’t stop drinking coffee suddenly. You might get a headache. Reduce the amount of coffee slowly. Drink juice or herbal tea instead. If you usually have coffee in the morning, go for a walk or do exercises instead. That will wake you up. And go to bed early! A lot of people drink coffee just because the feel tired.Track 3-4-OL-5 Track 3-4-OL-6Get in the habitWe all know that good habits bring in good health. But we don’t realize how much difference they can make. In the 1970s, scientists at the University of California, LA interviews seven thousand people about their health habits. Then they follow these people to see how long they lived. The scientist discovered that seven habits were closely linked with a longer life. These habits are:1. Eating breakfast everyday. 2. Avoiding snacks between meals.3. Keeping an ideal weight, not too heavy or too thin.4. Exercising regularly. 5. Sleeping 7 to 8 hours per night, not more or less.6. Not smoking.7. Drink two or fewer alcoholic drinks per day. The researchers found that these habits had a powerful effect on health. People in the study who had three or fewer of these habits lived another 21.6 years. People who had six or seven could expect to live another 33 years. People age 55 to 64 with all seven good habits were as healthy as younger people age 25 to 34 who practiced only one or two of the habits. But how do you change your habits? A slow approach is the best way. Make one small change every week and be patient, it takes about 21 days to form a new habit.Track 3-4-OL-7 Track 3-4-OL-8Surprising syndromes of modem lifeR4argaret's friend is taking a new job in a faraway city. She wants to hold a farewell dinner party at her home. But she can't. Margaret suffers from CHAOS (Can't Have Anyone Over Syndrome). Her apartment is messy and she's embarrassed by it. "I've never been a tidy person," she says. "My best friend gave me some good advice. He told me to get a maid." Today it's so easy to get information--and lots of it. We receive telephone calls all day long. People expect a quick response to their faxes, text messages, and e-mail messages. I;or some people, it's too much. They have information fatigue syndrome. There is so much information, they become paralyzed and can't think clearly "I can't sleep at night because I worry," says Bahman, a college senior. "It's terrible." Hurry sickness is a straightforward name for another syndrome of modern life. "I'malways rushing. Get headaches a lot. Taking aspirin seems to help," says Mari, a mother of two and a part-time company employee. Do you engage in "deskfast" (eating breakfast at your desk at work) more than once a week? Then you, too, may suffer from hurry sickness! We've all complained about having too much work to do. Well, now about not having enough work?Underload syndrome is caused by having little or nothing to do at the office. You have to pretend that you're working. Steven works as a project manager. "I can finish my work in about four hours, but I'm afraid to say anything about it. I don't want to be assigned too much work!" In severe cases, people with this syndrome can get very bored and even became depressed. Chances are you're experienced phone neck before. Another name for it would be "pain in the neck," because that's what people with this condition experience. Holding the phone between your neck and your ear for a long time causes phone neck. A good long message is the suggested treatment for this syndrome. Unit 4, Lesson BGlobal ViewpointsP65 AAlejandra: Unfortunately, I get colds a couple of times a year. When I get a cold, I feel very weak and I've got headaches, my throat aches, and I just don't want to get out of bed. So I stay home. I take medicines and try to drink a lot of liquids.Gian: When I get sick----and I mean really sick---- the first thing I do is run to the machine cabinet and try to find something to make me feel better. And if I'm not feeling better after a little while, I’ll call the doctor and trudge in to make sure that I'm really OK, and it's just a matter of time.Malinda: When I xx-as younger and I had a sore throat, my mother would always make me gargle with hot water and salt. Surprisingly, it worked.Dave: I have an aunt in Mexico that believes that toothpaste can cure everything. Toothpaste can cure burns---bee stings---uh-- bites-- it's... amazing. "I got a bee sting---- ah, put toothpasteon it." "I got burnt---- ah, put toothpaste on it." "I have cancer---- ah, put toothpaste on it." Kumiko: I use aloe vera. I use it for burns and things on the skin. I think it really works. Catherine: My father's been recently very interested in acupuncture. He's been having a lot of headaches and backaches so he's been studying up on acupuncture and he realized that if he puts a needle right here for his headache and a needle right here for his back it eases his pain. I think it works for him. For me I'm a little skeptical but I think if you really believe in it, it works.City LivingIt must be a miracle!Tara: (opening the door to find Takeshi and Mike) Hi--hi.Takeshi: Hi.Tara: Thank goodness you're here! This morning she almost fainted, then she felt very tired, and now she says she feels very lightheaded. I don't know hat to do.Takeshi: Has she seen a doctor?Tara: She won't go. She says just needs to get some rest.Mike: Did anything happen?Tara: Nothing out of the ordinary. The worst thing is, she has this big meeting with the president of the university tonight. She's been pretty anxious about it.Takeshi: OK. Let's take a look.Tara: Sun-hee, Mike and Takeshi are hereTakeshi: Hi.Sun-hee: (wakes up) Hey.Takeshi: How are you feeling?Sun-hee: Very tired--and I feel dizzy--and my stomach is killing me"' (sighs) I think I might even have a fever. Oh--why do I have that meeting with the president tonight? I can't stop thinking about it...Mike: Eat something, you'll feel better.Sun-hee :Are you kidding? I can't eat. I'm not hungry.Takeshi: Maybe you should go for a walk-- you know, get some fresh air--Sun-hee :No, I just need to rest.Tara: (phone rings) Hello? Yes ... no, this is her roommate, Tara. What? OK--I'll let her know. Thanks. (to Sun-hee) That was the president's secretary,Sun-hee :What did she say?Tara: She told me to tell you that tonight's meeting has been canceled.Sun-hee: Oh, thank goodness. Uh--Mike, can you hand me that orange juice?Tara: (to Takeshi) I don't know maybe we should call a doctor.Takeshi: (to Tara as Sun-hee starts eating and drinking) Yeah, maybe we should.Sun-hee: What's the matter? Haven't you ever seen anyone eating before?Tara: (to Sun-hee) I take it you're feeling better?Sun-hee: I am feeling pretty good. It must be a miracle, or something.Tara: (to Takeshi) Or a lucky phone call.Track 3-4-OL-9Sun-hee doesn’t feel well, so Tara asks Takeshi and Mike to come over. When they arrive, Takeshi asks Sun-hee how she is feeling. Sun-hee says she’s very tired, a little dizzy, and that she might even have a fever. Tara then explains that Sun-hee has also been very anxious about a meeting with the president of her university. Mike tells Sun-hee to eat something, but she says.” I can’t eat. I’m not hungry.” Then the phone rings. It’s the president’s secretary. She tells Tara to tell Sun-hee that tonight’s meeting has been canceled. When Sun-hee gets the news, she starts to feel much better and says,” it must be a miracle or something.” But her friends know it’s not a miracle. She was just really nervous about the meeting!Track 3-5-4D. Listen to two people talking about their plans after graduation. Pay attention to the expressions they use. Then talk about your own plans after graduation.1. After I finished my Ph.D., I would like to go back to Senegal and start my own business in agriculture.2. After graduation I plan to find a good job. I also plan to start a famil}f and buy a house. Track 3-5-OL-1 Track 3-5-OL-2W: And finally today, we have a report about graduating seniors, Jason Kim standing by. Jason, are you there?J: Hi, Lucy.W: The natural Times newspaper asked college seniors “what are you going to do after you graduate? ”J: That’s right. Lucy. The students gave them surprising answers too.W: For example?J: Well, more than 50% of the students say they aren’t going to start a new job right away. W: Well, what are their future plans?J: Let’s ask some of them. Excuse me?M: Yes?J: I’m Jason Kim from SCA TV. Your name please?M: Mesuki.J: And what are you studying in.M: Art.J: OK, Mizuki, what are you going to do after graduate?G: I don’t know. I’ll probably chill out for a while.J: Chill out?M: You know, relax.J: OK, Mizuki, thanks for your comments. Hello, I’m Jason Kim and we’re doing a live report. What’s your name and major?R: My name is Robert and I’m studying in law.J: What are you going to do after you graduate?R: I don’t know, maybe I’ll take a long trip.J: What about a job?R: Work? Maybe one of these days, but first I’d like to take a trip.J: Thank you Robert and good luck. Well, that’s all for now. this is been Jason Kim and my report on college seniors. Now back to you Lucy.Track 3-5-OL-31. Eduardo: Hi, I’m Eduardo. I got accepted to college recently. Since the school is just in my neighborhood, I’m going to live at home. I’ll not apply for a scholarship because it’s too hard to get it. I think I’ll be able to support myself by working part-time. In my view, money is very important though it’s not everything. So most probably I’ll study business, I hope I can make it big after my graduation.2.Jill: I’m Jill, I’m going to join a sorority, I want to make more friends of the same sex.I think that women should be united should always help each other. I’m going to volunteer work in my spare time to help those old-aged ladies in the community with their errands. I’m not going to a large university since I can’t afford it.3.Max and Sara: I’m Max and this is Sara. We love each other, we’re not going to live in student housing. We plan to live in a mid-sized apartment not far away from the university. We’re going to study together and work part-time.Track 3-5-OL-4I’m Mary and I’m twenty. I’m studying in life-long education at the university of Tokyo. I think it’s important for everyone to keep learning all their lives. That’s why I choose the major in life-long education. Personally I’m planning to further my education in an American university after graduation. So right now I’m taking an English class. I want to improve my English. I’m working part-time at a video store because I need to save money for my studies abroad. I have a boyfriend and he wants to go and study in the United States too. We have similar interests and personalities. I’m going to get married and live in a house by the ocean. Sooner or later。

世纪大学英语视听说3(第三新版)听力原文

世纪大学英语视听说3(第三新版)听力原文

视听说3 unit1—unit6Unit l, Lesson ATrack 3-1-1Track 3-1-2Leticia: Hello?Paula: Hi, Leticia. It's Paula.Leticia: Hi, Paula. How are you? Have you finished packing yet?Paula: Almost.Leticia: You must be excited. When's your flight?Paula: Tomorrow. At 9 a.m. Listen, Leticia, I need your help.Leticia: OK. What's up?Paula: Well, as you know, I'm going on vacation for two weeks. Do you think you could water my plantswhile I'm away?Leticia: Sure. No problem.Paula: Great. They need water twice a week. There's one plant in the bedroom and one in the kitchen.Leticia: OK--say, how about your dog? Should I feed her, too?Paula: No, that's OK. I’m putting her in a kennel.Leticia: All right, then, I'll water your plants---and---oh, how about the mail? Should I pick it up for you?Paula: Actually, I've already asked the mailman to stop mail delivery. Thanks for asking, though.Leticia: Well, have a great trip!Paula: Thanks, Leticia. I really appreciate your help.Leticia: My pleasure. Wait a second. I don t have any keys to your place.Paula: Oh, that's right. Will you be home around 8 tonight?Leticia: Yeah, I think so.Paula: OK, I’ll drop by—I’ll give you the keys then.Leticia: OK! See you tonight. Bye!Paula: Bye! Thanks again!Track 3-1-3;3-1-4;3-1-5W: Wow, Jun, you look relaxed! Did you enjoy the long weekend?J: I sure did actually. Actually I took a big trip.W: Over the weekend? We only had three days off!J: Yep! But I visited four countries in three days!W: What?!J: I love to fly! You might say I’m an airplane freak!W: That’s interesting. Where did you go?J: I visited Korea, Tailand, Singapore and the Philippines.W: Sounds like you were busy.J: I was. I only had only four hours in so. So I have to finish my shopping very quickly. Sometimes I had to run between connecting flights.W: Wait a minute. What about your baggage? Didn’t you have to wait for it?J: No, I didn’t have much, only one carry-on bag, it just fits the overhead compartment.W: So let me get this straight. You spent your weekend in an airplane flying around?J: Basically yes. I fly standby.W: Standby?J: Yes, as a standby passenger. I don’t have a reservation. At the last minute, they let me know if there’s a seat available. They give me a boarding pass and I get on.W: All these flying must be expensive.J: Well, I’m an airline employee. I’m a sales representative for Twin Star Airlines. So I know most of the flight attendants and I can almost fly for free.W: Lucky you!Track 3-1-6Matt: Have you done all the errands?Tina: No, I haven’t finished them yet.Matt: You don’t have to go to the post office, I’ve canceled the mail delivery.Tina: Well, I’ve picked up the plane tickets. But I haven’t taken the dog to the kennel. What about you? Have you washed the dishes?Matt: No, I haven’t cleaned the kitchen. But I’ve already watered the plants, and I’ve given our keys to Mrs. Smith.Tina: What about your suitcase? Have you packed it?Matt: Not yet…But don’t worry: there’s still lots of time!Track 3-1-7S: Are you almost ready?J: Yes, I think so. But we always forget so many things. Did you get the traveler’s checks at the bank yesterday?S: Yes I did. And I paid the bills too.J: Well, I changed our voice mail message and I confirmed all of our flights.S: Great! Let’s remember to give the house keys to Mr. Jacobsen so he can come in and water our plants.J: This afternoon I have to stop the mail delivery at the post office.S: And could you please take the dog to kennel?J: No, I hate that. He always looks so scared.S: And this time let’s remember to empty the trash before we leave.J: And we’ll give away all the fresh food. Last year there were black tomatoes and green meat in our refrigerator after our vacation.S: I made a note to myself unplug the computer.J: And I promised to turn off all the lights. The electric bill was terrible last time.S: Maybe we should write a list, they may be used again on our next vacation.Track 3-1-8;3-1-9Tips for better packingAre you planning to travel for a weekend or several months around the country or overseas? Here are some tips to help you pack your bags.1.Pre-trip planning. Make a packing list to help you remember everything. Reveal it about aweek before your trip. Plan a time to go shopping for things you need for your trip. Don’t pack the night before you travel. You’ll forget things when you’re in a hurry.2.Tagging luggage. Before packing, put names tags on valuable items like cameras andcellphones. Make sure that each piece of luggage, including carry-on has a luggage tag on it.If you know your hotel’s address and phone numbers, put it on your luggage tags.3.Saving space. Pack small items: socks, belts and etc inside your shoes. It uses the empty spaceand helps the shoes to hold their shape. Pack your clothes in plastic bags. If you’re traveling with a friend, plan your packing together, share your alarm clock, toothpaste or first aid kit.4.Your carry-on bag. The most important items for your trip: passport, plane tickets, traveler’schecks, credit cards keys and etc should go in your carry-on bag. Always keep them with you.Keep your carry-on bag small and light. Put those the heavy items in your checking luggage.Use soft bags such as backpacks or shoulder bags for carry-ons. They fit easily under the airplane seat or into the small overhead compartment.5.Other ideas. Bring an empty bag for souvenirs from the trip. Remember to pack a few rub ofbans, safety pins and plastic bags, they can be very useful. Bring some snacks such as nuts, cookies or dried fruit, you can eat them if you don’t have enough time for a meal. Sharing food is a good way to made other travelers.Unit 1 Lesson BVideo track 3-1-1Dave: Before going on a trip I pay the bills, I empty the trash, and I give a house key to a friend.Alejandra: Before I leave on a trip, I have to confirm travel plans and make sure that I have requesteda vegetarian meal.Thallus: Before leaving for a long trip, I turn off the lights, I turn off my heater, I give my keys to myroommate, and I water my plant.Video track 3-1-2Julianna: The funniest story of my traveling experience was when I came to the U.S. for the first timeby myself. They lost my luggage and I didn't speak a word of English. I had to use my handsto explain myself. People understood what I meant and they helped me out.Catherine: My recent trip to Africa was one of the most amazing trips of my life, This was my secondtrip to Tanzania, Africa. We visited a lot of villages, some very remote that we had to travel by helicopter. In Tanzania, it's very different from America so there are no maps. So, even traveling in a helicopter, we didn't really know where we were going to go. We didn't reallyknow the village names, so we just kind of had no destination and we got in the helicopter andjust flew around. And if we saw some animals or some rooftops of hut houses, we said, "Let'sgo there" and we just kind of landed.Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—video track 3-1-3Dennis:I have a lot of funny experiences on the airline as a flight attendant. But one of the funniestI could recall was, there was this passenger who had a toupee and one of my flight attendantswas serving---l think---she was serving food---and she had this tray. And suddenly turbulencehappened, and she lost her balance---and her hand landed on the guy's head,who had atoupee. When she caught her balance again, the toupee kind of shifted, so his sideburns wereon his forehead. And I had to control my laughter because you're not allowed to laugh—City LivingMexico----here we come!Video track 3-1-4Sun-hee: This is going to be a great trip! I've never been to Mexico, have you?Mike: No, I haven't. Have you finished everything?Tara: Oh my gosh! Where's my bag?Sun-hee: (to Tara) It s in the closet. (into phone) Of course! I'm the only one who's organized aroundhere. I ran errands all day and I'm ready---exhausted---but ready.Mike: What did you have to do?Sun-hee: (holds up ticket) Well, first I had to confirm my flight--Claudia: My ticket! Where's my ticket? Have you seen it?Sun-hee: (to Claudia) I saw it in the bathroom.Claudia: The bathroom? Are you sure? So strange ... (holds up her ticket) Oh, you're right. Got it!Sun-hee: (holds up traveler's checks)-- then I had to get traveler's checks--Tara: Oh! My money! I've lost my wallet! (Sun-hee hands Tara her wallet) Whexv!Sun-hee: (into phone)-- then I had to pay the electricity and phone bills, (to Tara) because someoneforgot-- (into phone) and then I had to change my voice mail message.Claudia: My cell phone! I don t remember where I put my cell phone!Sun-hee: (to Claudia) It's in the kitchen.Claudia: (to self) The kitchen--it's in the kitchen-- (holds up cell phone) Ta-dah!Sun-hee: (into phone) These two----they're never prepared! What would they do without me?Mike: How true--Hey, don't forget to unplug your TV and electrical stuff before you go.Sun-hee: (holds up plug) Done.Tara: Sun-hee! We're late! It's time to go!Sun-hee: OK! Iley mike, I have to go. We're leaving for the airport.Sun-hee, Tara and Claudia: Bye Mike!Mike: Cool! Have a great trip girls! Bye.Sun-hee: OK! Does everybody have everything? Tickets?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Bags?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Coats?Tara and Claudia: Yep.Sun-hee: Everything.Tara and Claudia: Yep. Let's go!Sun-hee: OK. Mexico----here we come!(all exit)Tara and Claudia: (Sun-hee re-enters to get her ticket and traveler's checks) Now-- Mexico----herewe come!Track 3-1-18Sun-hee, Tara, and Claudia are preparing to go to Mexico for a vacation. While Sun-hee is talking to Mike on the phone, Claudia and Tara have some trouble preparing for the trip. First, Tara can’t find her bag and then Claudia doesn’t know where her ticket is. But Sun-hee is tatally relaxed because she has already finished getting ready. Sun-hee tells Mike about all the errands she had to do earlier that day. She had to confirm her flight, get travel’s checks, change her voice-mail message, and pay the bills. Finally, Tara and Claudia are ready to go and Sun-hee checks to be sure they have everything. However, after they leave, Sun-hee soon comes running back in. Why? She forgot to take her ticket and passport!Unit 2, Lesson ATrack 3-2-2;3-2-3Jenna: OK, I think we have two choices. The first place is a little house. It's located in a fruit orchard.Carson: Really?Jenna: Yeah. And you can eat as much fruit as you want. When it's in season, of course. Oh---but wait.It says there’s no air conditioner.Carson:That's OK. It's on the rainy side of the island. It's cooler there. We can use a fan.Jenna:You're probably right…Say. It looks pretty basic. No washing machine or dryer… not even aTV!Carson: Oh no! What are we going to do without a TV?That's terrible!Jenna: Very funny. I'm just letting you know about the place.Carson: I know. What's our second choice?Jenna: It's on the opposite side----the sunny side----of the island. Very fancy place with a bigswimming pool. It s only three blocks from the ocean.Carson: Who needs a swimming pool? I mean, it's only three blocks.Jenna: I see your point. VVell, the pool area also has barbecue grills, beautiful gardens'-Carson: You like the second place better. I can tell..Jenna: Well, it does have everything. Washing machine, dryer, TV, VCR, frying pan'*'Carson: All we need is a toothbrush and a swimsuit-- Let's go with the second choice.Jenna: OK. I'II call them right now and reserve it. I can t wait to go!Audio track 3-2-4。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。

Unit 1 Another Busy dayVideo Listening 1Amy: Good morning, Talia.Talia: Oh, hi. Good morning.Amy: You know, y o u'r e working too hard.Talia: I know. I always work this hard. Maybe you could mention that to Tony I don't think he knows it.Amy: Is that a new hairstyle I t's very ... unique.Talia: Very funny. I had to work late last night. I'm tired, I'm in a bad mood, and Id o n't care about my hair.Amy: That's probably why you' re not a reporter yet.Talia: You think soAmy: No, I'm just kidding ...Talia: You may be right.Amy: Maybe Tony will take you more seriously after you finish the journalism class. Talia: Oh, no! Our journalism class! I forgot. It's tomorrow. What's the homework Amy: Compare two news stories on the same topic.Talia: T h a i's easy enough to do. Sounds interesting, too. I guess I II do it after work. Amy: You work too hard.Video Listening 2Amy: Why do n't you take a break tonight Yeah, why not come with me to a partyTalia: No thanks. Maybe some other time.Amy: Come on! Josh Taylor is having a party. A lot of available guys will be there.... You might meetsomeone.Talia: No, listen! I'm too busy to go. Go without me ...Tony: Good, y ou'r e here. I have something important to talk to you about. What are you working onTalia: I'm researching the background information for that transportation story.Amy: She' s always working. She told me to tell you that.Tony: I have a big project for you to work on. I know you've been hoping for a break. This may be it.Talia: Really That's great!Tony: Come to my office in about 10 minutes. By the way, you look different. Have you clone something with your hairUnit 2 Breaking NewsVideo Listening 1Tony : Someone sent us th is tape. This is incredible. What a shame.Talia : What's a shameTony : Have you ever heard of Nick Crawford, the soccer player H e's the star forward on our national team.Talia : Of course. Everyone's heard of him, I think.Tony : Well, apparently this conversation took place a while ago: Nick Crawford talk s about how he needs money.Amy:That's not big news. There's a rumor that he's fallen into debt lately. I've heard all sorts of gossip about that.Tony : Yes, but, it gets even more interesting. Also on the tape, a woman offers him $50,000. Talia : What forTony: To sit out the first round qualifying match. Remember Nick Crawford had an injury and c o u l d n't play in that gameTalia : Sure, I remember. We lost that match, and if we lose again, we might be eliminated, Tony : Exactly. The next qualifying round is coming up. If this tape is real, Nick Crawford will be history.Amy : You mean, he won' t get to play in the next matchTony : Exactly. And without him, we' II probably lose again.Amy : Wow! A real scandal! Is the tape for realTony : Talia, that' s your job now. Find out if the tape is authentic. And you' d better find out fast.Video Listening 2Talia : OK. I' II get this tape to an expert.Tony: If we can, w e'l l run the tape on t o n i g h t's broadcast before the competition hears about it. In fact, they may already have a copy of this tape.Talia: Speaking of copies, we ought to make a copy of this. We s h o u l d n't give awayour only one.Tony : Good thinking. Amy ... handle this with care.Amy : Absolutely!Talia: See you later. I'm going to call the audio department. They can give me the name of an expert.Tony: Tell them we need someone fast.Talia : OK. I' m on it.Tony : Is there a problemTalia : Not exactly. I'l l do it. It’s just that ... I know Nick Crawford.Tony : You doTalia : Yes. We went to college together. I t's hard to believe he would do something like this.Tony : Well, wake up and smell the coffee, Talia! He's a big star. He's been a star on the national team for four years now. People do crazy things when they get famous. Talia : I just c a n't believe it. Nick Crawford taking a bribeTony: Listen, Talia. You're smart. Y o u'r e a good researcher, and one day I hope y o u'l l be a great reporter. But d o n't let your emotions get in the way of your work.If you do, I' II have to find someone else to work on this story.Unit 3 A Job for TaliaVideo Listening 1Woman's voice on tape: We'll pay you fifty thousand dollars.Nick's voice on tape: And all I have to do is sit on the benchWoman's voice on tape: That' s right. Do that, and fifty thousand dollars is yours.Nick's voice on tape: Well, I can really use the money. You've got yourself a deal. Woman's voice on tape: Great. It's a pleasure doing business with you.Tony: How's it goingTalia: I can' t tell. I hope our expert will be able to figure it out.Tony: Me, too. When will we have the resultsTalia: He's going to call me back this afternoon.Tony: Good.Talia: You know, I've been a researcher here for three years. I've investigated other scandals. But something here doesn't seem right.Tony: What do you meanTalia: It just doesn't make sense. Nick Crawford loves soccer. Why would he do something to hurthis careerTony: T h a t's a good question. How well do you know Nick Crawford Is he a friend of yours Talia: No, not really. I just knew him in college. We had English together for two semesters. Tony: Oh, t h a t's itTalia: Well, I got to know him a little. I know that he moved here from England about10 years ago. I know that h e's smart. And I know that h e's always dreamed of beinga great soccer star.Tony: Mm hmm.Talia: So, why would he risk ruining his careerVideo Listening 2Talia: Bad news. The audio expert needs another day to check the tape.Tony: Did you tell him it was urgent Find someone else!Talia: Of course I told him. But I also told him we need to be sure, absolutely sure. Tony: That' s true.Talia: Tony, listen. I have an idea. Let me go and talk to Nick.Tony: I d o n't know ...Talia: He may remember me. He may be willing to confide in me.Tony: Talia, look, y o u'r e not a reporter yet, you're still a researcher. Remember Talia: Please, Tony. Give me a chance. What do you have to loseTony: All right, I'l l give you one more day. But only one more day.Talia: You won't be sorry. Just one more thing: if I find something big, the story is mine, rightTony: What do you meanTalia: I mean, you’ll let me report it, won" t you If I can get Nick to tell me everything Tony: You deserve a break. I know that. I'l l tell you what: come up with something big and t h e story is yours. But, Talia, be careful.Talia: What do you meanTony: This Nick Crawford guy ... I hear he can be very charming. D o n't let him charm you out of a story.Unit 4 A Matter Of TrustVideo 1Talia: NickNick:I know you, don’t ITalia:Yes. I’m Tal ia, Talia Santos.Nick: Yeah, Talia! Of course!Talia:After all these years, I’m surprised you remember me.Nick:How could I forget you We were in an English literature class together, weren’t we Talia: Tha’s right, the Shakespeare class.Nick: Right, Dr. Custer’s class. She was a tough teacher. She really made us work hard.Talia:Oh, gosh, don’t remind me.Nick:We studied together for the final, didn’t weTalia:Yes, that’s right. As I recall, you did really well on it.Nick:That’s right! But only bec ause I speak Shakespeare so fluently.Talia: Very cute.Nick: So, what are you doing here Are you a big soccer fan nowTalia:Not exactly. I’m a researcher now… with Newsline.Nick:Oh, I see. Well, news people aren’t my favourite people right now. I heard there’s a nasty story coming out about me. Something about me throwing a gameTalia: That’s why I’m here.Nick: Too bad. Well, maybe we can meet again sometime, under different circumstances.Video Listening 2Talia: No listen. I’d like to … I want to hear your side of the story. You don’t trust me, do youNick:Nope. You’re in the news business. You’re all alike.Talia:Hey, don’t judge me so quickly. I told you the truth about why I was here, didn’t I Really.You can trust me.Nick:Look, the only goal I have right now is helping my team win the qualifying match next weekend.After that I will deal with this mess.Talia:Wait, Nick. The charges are serious. People say you threw a game. They think you have gambling debts.Nick: Yes. That’s why I gave the Soccer Federation access to my bank accounts.Talia: They could stop you from playing. Forever.Nick:That’s impossible.Talia:No, it’s not. That’s why I want you to talk to me. I want your story. Did you or didn’t you take the money Did you or didn’t you throw the gameNick: Oh, you want to hear my story Do you want to hear the true story, or the story that will get your show more viewers Which story do you really want Take your pick.Talia: The only story I want is the true story.Nick: Well, the tru th is, I didn’t do it. I’m an innocent man.Unit 5 Nick’s ExplanationTalia : OK, let's get this straight. You’re one of the country's best soccer players.Nick : Well, I have to admit—that' s true. Of course, some people think that' s not such a great achievement.Talia : Now, for some reason, you sat out one of the biggest games of the year.Nick : Not just for some reason. I had a sprained ankle. I could hardly walk, so I certainly couldn't play.Talia : But your coach can't verify this.Nick : Of course he can't. You can't see a sprain on an X-ray.Talia : You can'tNick : No.Talia :I see ...Nick : You don't have to believe me, but it's the truth. I sat out the first round qualifying match because I had a sprained ankle.Talia : And not because you took a bribeNick : A bribe How can anyone believe such a ridiculous thingTalia : Then can you explain the tapeNick : What tapeTalia : Listen to this.(Voice on tape)Woman: We' II pay you fifty thousand pounds.Nick: And all I have to do is sit on the benchWoman : That's right. Do that and fifty thousand pounds is yours.Nick: Well, I could really use the money. You've got yourself a deal.Woman: Great. It’s a pleasure doing business with you.Video 2Nick: It sure sounds like my voice, but I don't know why. Why would I do something so stupid Talia: That's what I want to know.Nick:Hey, Coach! Can I talk to you a minute Some TV station is going to report that I deliberately sat out a game!Coach: I know all about it. Who is thisNick:This is an old friend of mine from college, Talia Santos. She works for Newsline. This is Coach Haskins, and you may recognize my teammate, Dean Bishop.Dean: Hey.Coach: Hi.Talia: Nice to meet you both.Coach: Would you excuse us for a moment, pleaseTalia:Sure.Coach: Look. I don't think it's such a good idea to talk to the media right now.Dean:Yeah, you've got that right.Nick: Coach, I just don't get it. Why would anybody try to do this to meCoach:Well, we' re going to find that out. Now, I don't want to worry you, Nick, but I've been getting some pressure from the Soccer Federation.Nick: What do you meanCoach: They want you to sit out the game next week.Dean: No!Nick: They can't do that!Coach:Yes, they can. Nick, I know how badly you want to play, and, frankly, I don't think we can win without you.Unit 6 Bad NewsVideo 1Talia:I don't think he did it.Tony:What do you meanTalia:Nick. I don’t think he did it. I have a feeling.Tony: And you have that feeling because…Talia:No for one thing, he told me he was innocent.Tony: And you believe it.Talia:As a matter of fact, I do. This could all be a mistake … or something…Something is funny here. He’s a soccer star. Making money is not a problem for him.Amy:But gambling may be a problem for him.Tony:Yes, have you ever thought about thatAmy:He might owe a lot of people money.Tony:And sometimes people do things just because they can. Take it from me. I’ve seen a lot of people do stupid things. Even rich, famous people. It may not always make sense. Talia:But, except for that tape, we have no proof.Tony:We had no proof. We have it now. Amy, tell her.Amy:Sorry, Talia. The audit of Nick’s bank account came in. He deposited fifty thousand dollars in his bank account a week before the qualifying match.Talia:Oh, my gosh. What Let me see that… I’m not going to stop investigating. Theremight be a good explanation for this.Video 2Tony:You can keep investigating, but after looking at this bank statement, we have no choice.W’re going with this story tonight. If we don’t, the competition may beat us to it. Amy:You’ve got to admit, Talia, it doesn’t look good.Talia:I keep telling myself we are missing something. Things aren’t always as they seem. Tony:And sometimes things are exactly the way they seem.Talia:I just don’t think that’s true in this case.Tony:You just may be too trusting to be a reporter. Reporters have to be skeptical. Are you sure you’re all right working on this by yourself Maybe you should work with John Donnelly. Talia:No. I can do this myself. I promised Nick I’d be fair. I promised you I wouldn’t let my emotions color my judgment. And I promised myself I’d do a good job.Tony:OK. But if you let me down, I’m giving the story to John.Talia:Thanks, Tony. I’ll be fine. You won’t be sorry.Unit 7 Endorsement DealVideo 1Talia: There you are! Nick, are you going to stop lying to meNick:Hello, Talia. And how are you Would you like to have a seatTalia: No, actually, I prefer to stand.Nick:Ok. Whatever. So now what’s going onTalia:This! Fifty thousand dollars appeared in you bank account just before the qualifying match.Fifty thousand dollars!Nick: SoTalia: So So, that’s exactly the amount of money they say you accepted for throwing that game. Nick: It is also the exact amount of money I got for endorsing a new line of athletic shoes. Talia:Oh, reallyNick:Yes, really. They’re going to be called Kicks. They are coming out next year. “Kicks: they are cooler than your old shoes. More comfortable, too. And they are less expensive than they look. Come and get your kicks!”Talia:Stop! I get it. Now, what was I saying Oh, yes. Can I call your agent I want to confirm this endorsement deal.Nick:Except, I didn’t use an agent.Talia:No agent What a surprise!Video 2Nick:Talia, this is what happened.Talia: Ooh, here it comes. Another story.Nick:It was about 10 o’clock one morning. I was having something to drink at the juice bar here. Jackie: E xcuse me. Aren’t you Nick CrawfordNick:Yes, that’s right. Do I know youJackie: No. not yet, that is. I’m Jackie Baker. I am the VP of marketing for Kicks Shoes. Nick: Uh-huh.Jackie:And I have a very interesting proposition for you.Nick:Keep going, I am listening.Jackie: Why don’t we meet at my office tomorrow Let’s say, 12:30. we can have lunch nearby, and I’ll tell you all about the deal.Nick:She offered me this deal. Fifty thousand dollars just to endorse a new line of athletic shoes, and I agreed to wear the shoes next year when I play.Talia:That’s itNick: Basically.Talia:Hmm.Nick:Well, that’s what happened. I’ve still got her business card. You can call her yourself if you like.Talia:Jackie Baker, Kicks Shoes, OK. I’ll call her. You know on second thought, I’d rather pay her a visit.Unit 8 No One by That NameVideo 1Talia:Hello. I’m here to see Jackie Baker.Receptionist:hmmm. I don’t think…I know who you want. Jack Baxter. He’s on the third floor, 301.Talia:No, I’m here to see Jackie Baker, Ms. Jackie Baker.Receptionist: …no, definitely not. There’s no one by that name.Talia:This is the Gower Building 119 Gower StreetReceptionist: yes. But like I said, there’s no Jackie Baker here.Talia:Well, maybe she’s no longer here. Maybe she used to work here. Receptionist: I didn’t think so. I’ve been here for ten years. Ten years too long,I might add. Someone named Jacob Banker used to work here. Funny, he was anarchitect, not a banker. Anyway, he was on the 2nd floor. Are you sure you arenot looking for Jacob BankerTalia: No, no. the name is Jackie Baker. She is a VP at kicks shoes.Receptionist: Now I really don’t know what you are talking about. Kicks shoes Hold on a second, I’m sorry, but I’ve never heard of kicks shoes and they are not in our directory. Are you sure you are in the right placeTalia:No. I’m nor sure where I am. In fact, I’m not sure about anything anymore.Video 2Talia: Oh, no. my cell phone is dead. Can I use your phone for a moment Receptionist: you seem really angry. Are you going to yell at someoneTalia:I don’t know. Maybe. Probably…yes.Receptionist: I n that case, be my guest. Just dial 9 first.Receptionist: Uh-oh. Someone’s in big trouble.Nick:Hello.Talia: Hello, nick. It’s Talia. Remember meNick: Of course I remember you.Talia: I wasn’t sure. You seem to have trouble with names. And faces. And facts. Nick: Really I used to have a good memory. I remembered you, did n’t ITalia:There is no Jackie Baker here. There has never been a Jackie Baker here. And, to make matters worse, they’ve never even heard of kicks shoes.Nick:That’s ridiculous! You’ve got her business card. You’re at the Gower Building.Talia: That’s right.Nick:But I met Jackie there. I met her there. She took me to lunch…Have you tried calling herTalia: I called before I came, but I got voicemail. One of those messages like, “the person you are calling is not available.” I thought it was odd.Nick:Look, Talia, I don’t know what I can say. I’m telling the truth.Talia: Well, someone is lying. And if you think you are going to see a good story on news line, you’re wrong. Good-bye, Nick.Receptionist: Oh, that was good.Unit 9 No help for NickVideo 1Nick : Jackie Baker, pleaseReceptionist: Oh, I'm sorry. But there's no Jackie Baker here.Nick : Do you mind if I look at thatReceptionist: Not at all. Have a look. Let me guess. You're Nick.Nick: That's right, but ... how did you knowReceptionist: Oh, you' re famous!Nick : Oh. Do you follow soccerReceptionist: Soccer No, never watch it. I was listening when that woman called you. I over heard everything.Nick : Well, that's great.Receptionist: She was really angry. Wow!Nick : I know. I know. Say, do you know what time it isReceptionist : Nearly five. I was just getting ready to leave when you arrived.Nick : I t's probably too late anyway. The news is going to be on in an hour.Video Listening 2Receptionist: So Nick, is there anything else I can do for youNick: Yeah, maybe. Could I speak to someone else at KicksReceptionist:Excuse meNick:Kicks shoes. May I speak to someone else at Kicks shoesReceptionist: Sorry, Nick, but there’s no Kicks Shoes here, either. In fact, I’d never even heard of them before today.Nick:I don’t understand.Receptionist:Cheer up. Things can’t be as bad as they seem.Nick:NoReceptionist:Maybe you could describe this Jackie Baker to me.Nick:Great. Thanks. She’s, uh, about as tall as you are. She’s got long black hair.She wears glasses. Oh, she was wearing a nice business suit when I met her here.She looked like an executive.Receptionist:And she’s got blue eyesNick:Yes! Do you know herReceptionist:No, I was just trying to help. Sorry I don’t know her at all.Unit 10 AT A GLANCEVideo 1Patty: Hey, Nick. It's good to see you again. What can I gel for youNick : Could I get a large pineapple and strawberry smoothiePatty: Coming right up. Is everything all rightNick : My life is a mess! And just when I thought things were going great.Patty : What's the matter Did you get hurtNick : Yeah, I got hurt. But not on the soccer field.Patty: ReallyNick: Yeah. It all started when I agreed to endorse some shoes. Party, would you mind making it louder I need to catch up on the news.Patty : No problem.Reporter on TV: Let' s see if he' s got some comments about this scandal. Hey, Dean!What do you think about the Nick Crawford scandalDean on TV: I' m not going to comment until we know more.Reporter on TV: Do you think the Soccer Federation is going to suspend him from playing;Dean on TV: Well, I really can't say. /' m sure they' II decide as soon as they have more information.Reporter: What kind of information do you think they' II need to findDean : It's hard to say ...Nick : Hold on. Do you see that woman The woman standing behind Dean That's her!Patty: That's whoNick : I think that's Jackie Baker! The woman with Kicks Shoes.Video 2Patty : Jackie Baker No. That's Jackie Bishop, Dean's sister. She was a member here last year, but I haven't seen her around lately. I'm surprised you never ran into her. Dean : I've always admired Nick Crawford, f m sure he wouldn't risk ruining his career. Nick ; Thai's her. That's Jackie Baker.Patty: No, I'm pretty sure that's Jackie Bishop.Nick: But there's something different. No glasses. And her hair ...Patty: Ah, it's blonde now, but she keeps changing the color. She's a wannabe actress.Nick : A wannabe actressPatty: Oh yeah! She' s tried out for a lot of movie parts, but I doubt she' s actually ever acted in anything.Nick: Except for the day she took me to lunch. She's a great actress. She should get an Oscar for her performance.Reporter: The Nick Crawford scandal is just beginning to unfold, but one thing is clear... Patty: Here you go Nick. On the house. I think you're going to need it.Reporter: ... the evidence is not in his favor. The Soccer Federation is saying that he may besuspended and may never play soccer professionally again.Unit 11 The Truth RevealedVideo 1 ScriptTalia: I’m so glad I went to that class last night. It was really interesting.Amy:Well, Talia, you do look a little better today.Talia: Well, I don’t feel much better.Amy:You know what You missed a great party the other night. Josh’s friend Matt was there. I really want to introduce you to him. He’s ...Talia: I completely believed him. He can be so persuasive. So convincing. I’m so disappointed.I feel like such a fool.Amy:Look, Talia, you’re no fool. Don’t be so hard on yourself.Talia: But I was convinced that Nick was being honest.Amy: It really is a shame, though. I was hoping you’d break this big story and become the top reporter at the station. Then I’d be your assistant, and you’d give me a raise. Talia: I’m so glad to hear you really care about me. Oh, I’m so depressed.Amy:Don’t look now, but the big storyteller is here.Nick:Talia. Talia.Amy:Hello. Nick Crawford I’m Amy Lee.Nick:And I’m here to talk to Talia.Amy:Uh, I don’t think you can speak to her now.Nick:But I’ve got to talk to her. I know who’s responsible for this mess.Talia: I’ve heard that before.Nick: OK, forget it. I don’t have to speak to you. I’ll give my story to that other reporter, what’s-his-name John Donnelly.Video 2 ScriptTalia: I’ll give you two minutes.Nick: You won’t be sorry. OK, I went to see her. I went to see Jackie Baker.Talia: There is no Jackie Baker.Nick: That’s right.Talia: So you admit that you liedNick: No, I didn’t lie. No, listen, this is what happened.Jackie: There you are. Right on time. We’ve got reservations for lunch.Nick: Great. Where are we goingJackie: It’s a little place just around the corner. We can walk there.Nick: Sounds good.Jackie: Yes. I hate doing business in my office. It’s so much more pleasant to talk overa good meal.Nick: Then, over lunch, we talked about the deal.Jackie: So, just sign here. It basically says we’ll pay you $50,000 to endorse the shoes. Nick: She tricked me. She and her brother Dean. They wanted me out of the way. Dean is the next in line to be the star player.Talia: Wow! This is amazing. So, what are you going to do nowNick: I’m going to the team office to talk to the coach. I’ve got to make sure he believes me.Unit 12 Dean’s ChallengeVideo 1 ScriptNick: Oh, good, you’re here. Coach, I‘ve been trying to speak to you since last night.This whole scandal is because ...Coach: Nick, Nick, we’ve been working together for four years now. You’re my best player, and frankly, Nick, I feel like we're family.Nick: Thanks, Coach. Me, too.Coach: I'm sorry. I didn't know you've been having money problems.Nick: No, I haven't! I hope you don't believe those lies about me. Trust me, Coach. I have not let you down.Coach: Well, why don't you clear this whole thing up for me, thenNick: I would love to! The truth is, it's Dean. I know it's him.Coach: Dean Who are you talking about Dean BishopNick: Yes. Dean Bishop. His sister is involved, too. They somehow made a phony tape. His sister gave me fifty thousand dollars for a fake endorsement.Coach: And you’re saying they made it look like a bribe for sitting out the qualifying game Nick: Exactly.Coach: But Dean And his sister This is hard to believe. Why would Dean do this to youNick: Just think about it. Dean is a great player, but he’s always in my shadow. He wants you to kick me off the team so that he can be the star.Coach: Wow! I don't know what to say. This is incredible. I hate to have to ask, but ... do you have proofNick: Not yet. But I‘ve been working with Talia Santos at Newsline for the past day or two. I'm hoping she can help.Coach: It may be too late. The Soccer Federation has been calling me for the past two days. They want to suspend you.Nick: But what about Dean BishopCoach: He's going to play in the qualifying match. Next to you, he's our strongest player.Video 2 ScriptNick: Dean.Dean: Nick, buddy. Tough rap you’re taking. Is there anything I can do to helpNick: Yes, there is something you can do. You can tell Coach what really happened.Dean: Excuse meNick: You know. You can tell him about this scheme of yours.Dean: Uh, what are you talking aboutNick: How you and your-so talented sister have been plotting for how long nowDean: I don't know what you're talking about.Nick: Yeah. The two of you dreamed up that fake endorsement deal. That must have taken a lot of planning. I'm impressed. I didn't know you were that smart.Dean: You're talking crazy now.Nick: It was you Dean. I know it was you. I guess you didn't expect me to figure it out. Dean: Wow, Nick. You've, uh, you've made up quite a story there. In fact, it's one of the craziest stories I've ever heard.Nick: I don't know how you pulled it off. How you made the tape. But I know it was you and your sister.Dean: Yeah Oh, this is so typical of you. Always so sure of yourself. Always the most popular guy on the team. Well, you're not so popular now, Nicky boy.Nick: I know what you did.Dean: You think you know. But let's see you prove it.。

相关文档
最新文档